Catalog 1 - Votaw Tool Company

Transcription

Designers and Manufacturers of Quality, Innovative Tools and Supplies for Musical Instrument Repair
VOTAW TOOL COMPANY
May 2004
Catalog
Votaw Tool Company
1523 N. N
ational Avenue
National
S pringfield, MO. 65803
U.S.A.
www.votawtool.com
PHONE
FAX
800-894-8665
417-865-7509
800-894-7165
417-862-7165
2
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
V
otaw Tool Company
offers the professional
repair technician a comprehensive selection of tools
for brass and woodwind repair as well as a complete
assortment of supplies including saxophone, clarinet, and
flute pads, cork and felt products, finishing products, case
hardware, instrument replacement parts, and more.
With the combined experience of general manager, John
Horrell, who began his career as a repair technician in
1979, we can proudly claim that all of our products reflect
over 70 years experience in the repair business.
Unique in their design and conception, our innovative tools
are found in prominent repair shops throughout the world,
and many of the major instrument manufacturers as well
employ our tools in both their production and warranty
repair facilities.
Each of the tools designed and manufactured by Votaw
Tool Company has been extensively used in our own
repair shop, allowing us the opportunity to work out the
‘bugs’ as well as find ways to improve upon the tool’s
performance. Most of the tools have been redesigned and
rebuilt several times before going in to the hands of our
customer.
Company owner, Carl Votaw, began his apprenticeship in
instrument repair at the age of 12 working with his father
who was than an accomplished repairman and machinist.
Carl has since remained active in the repair business and
today is a highly recognized repair technician.
This is the reason why we urge our customers to take
advantage of our Risk Free Trial Period - try any tool for 30
days and if for ANY reason you find that the tool does not
completely meet your standards or needs it may be
returned to us for a full refund (less freight).
PLEASE READ BEFORE ORDERING
Votaw Tool Company works hard to find the finest quality materials at the best prices to use in the products offered in
this catalog. While we will always guarantee the quality of our products, we cannot do the same for the prices. Thus, all
of the prices listed within are subject to change without notice.
Orders or correspondence may be made by:
PHONE:
800-894-8665 (orders only)
417-865-7509
WEB SITE:
www.votawtool.com
Mon. - Fri. 8:30 A.M. - 5:00 P.M. (C.S.T)
FAX:
MAIL:
800-894-7165 (orders only)
417-862-7165
24 hours
EMAIL:
[email protected]
Votaw Tool Company
1523 N. National Ave.
Springfield, MO 65803-3843
U.S.A.
Warranty
Votaw Tool Company products are warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for a period of one year (excluding
lamps and fiber optics). If a product is found to be defective within the warranty period due to manufacturing defects, it
will be repaired or replaced, at our discretion, free of charge, by Votaw Tool Company, provided the product is returned
to us freight prepaid. Please contact us to obtain warranty return instructions.
Return Policy
We truly appreciate your business and want you to be 100% satisfied. If for any reason you are not fully satisfied with any
of our products, you may return it for a full refund of the purchase amount, provided item is returned, freight prepaid, within
30 days of shipment date and is in good, original condition. Refund amount will be for the price paid for the item only and
not include any freight charge. Please contact us to obtain return instructions.
Risk Free Trial Period
Votaw Tool Company encourages you to try any of the tools offered in this catalog. If for ANY reason you find that the
tool does not completely meet your standards or needs, contact us within 30 days after purchase and we will make
every attempt to correct the situation or offer you a full refund (less freight charge).
© 2004 VOTA W TOOL COMPANY
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
Payment
All prices are in U.S. Dollars and are FOB Springfield, Missouri. Shipping charges will be added to the invoice. Open
accounts are gladly offered to established repair businesses and institutions in the U.S. with the submittal and approval
of a credit application. Open account terms are 30 days net from date of invoice. A service charge of 1 1/2% per month
will be added to balances that are past due.
Payment may also be made by:
Credit Card Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Discover (includes debit, corporate, and government cards.
CIA (Check In Advance) Check or money order, payable in U.S. dollars. Checks other than money order or bank check
will be subject to a one to two week clearance delay.
COD (Collect On Delivery) Available for shipments in the U.S. only.
Minimum Orders
A $5.00 handling charge will be added to orders that are less than $20.00.
Orders placed on our web site have only a $2.50 handling charges for orders less than $10.00.
Shipping Options
Most orders received before 3:00 P.M. (C.S.T.) Monday - Friday ship same day.
DOMESTIC ORDERS within the United States (APO/FPO addresses ship USPS Priority or Parcel Post only)
UPS or FEDEX GROUND ... 1-5 day delivery depending on distance from Springfield MO 65803
UPS 3 BUSINESS DAY GUARANTEED*
UPS 2 BUSINESS DAY and 2 BUSINESS DAY A.M. GUARANTEED*
UPS NEXT BUSINESS DAY SAVER, STANDARD, and EARLY A.M. GUARANTEED*
USPS 1ST CLASS MAIL ... 13 oz. or less (packages over 13 oz will ship Priority Mail)
USPS PRIORITY MAIL ... 2 day delivery* to most continental U.S. locations, 3 days to AK, HI, PR, AE (APO)
*Note that orders received after 2:00 PM (C.S.T.) may not ship until next business day.
INTERNATIONAL ORDERS outside the United States
USPS (United States Postal Service) GLOBAL EXPRESS ... 3-5 days delivery
USPS (United States Postal Service) PARCEL POST AIR ... 4-10 days delivery
USPS (United States Postal Service) PARCEL POST SURFACE ... 4-6 weeks delivery
UPS (United Parcel Service) STANDARD ... Canada only
UPS (United Parcel Service) EXPRESS ... 4-7 days delivery
UPS (United Parcel Service) EXPEDITED ... 7-11 days delivery
Additional information on international shipping:
UPS (United Parcel Service) typically has much higher costs than U.S. POSTAL SERVICE (except to Canada).
We generally recommend USPS GLOBAL EXPRESS or USPS AIR PARCEL POST because they offer fast delivery
for a reasonable cost. GLOBAL EXPRESS has the added benefit of immediate on-line tracking of your shipment.
The least expensive shipping method on shipments that weigh more than approximately 4 lbs (1.8kg) is PARCEL
POST SURFACE. Shipments under 4 lbs the cost is about the same as AIR PARCEL POST.
3
4
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
PAD CUP HEATER
Our Pad Cup Heater is one of the most practical and time saving tools to come into the industry
in a very long time. Used by repair technicians and manufacturers worldwide, this versatile,
easy to use tool is guaranteed to significantly speed up pad work, as well as prove useful in
various other types of woodwind repair.
INSTANT HEATING
Hold the graphite electrodes up to the key cup and squeeze the palm
trigger. A 9-10 mm key cup (clarinet upper joint keys for example) will
heat up to melting temperature for pad adhesive in only 2-3 seconds.
Larger 16-17mm cups in only 4-5 seconds.
SAFE
LIGHT WEIGHT
No more having to bring a flame within close contact of the
instrument, which means no scorching of pads, corks, or
instrument bodies. And the graphite electrodes won't scratch
the key finish.
The entire handpiece measures 7" long by 2" in width and
weighs only 5 ounces.
MANY USES
The #2350 Pad Cup Heater is designed to work on all clarinets, piccolos, oboes, flute trill and 'c' keys, and the
upper stack keys (nickel or silver plated) on saxophone where using a torch around pearls and felts can be difficult.
(Because this tool uses the metal of the key cup itself to conduct heat, it will not work on keys that have a lacquered
finish.) Besides being used for pad work this tools also works great for:
Key Adjustment Corks
Simply cut cork to size, apply a dab of our Surduzstik glue
or other type of hot glue or adhesive, heat the key foot and
insert the cork into place. Quick, clean, and no removal of
keys necessary.
Stuck Hinge Rods
Penetrating oil used with heat is an excellent method for
working free corroded key hinge screws. (A flame has
never been a practical source of heat as it will quickly
damage the body or key parts such as rollers or corks.)
Simply heat up the key hinge with the Pad Cup Heater and
apply penetrating oil - many stuck screws that you would
normally have to cut out can easily be removed.
The graphite electrodes on this tool have a long life - ours have been used in
the shop for over a year with no trouble. They are fragile, however, and can
easily break if the handpiece is dropped or something heavy falls on them while
the handpiece is setting on the workbench. We recommend having a replacement
set on hand. Replacement should also be made when tip of electrode has worn
down 1/4" or more.
#2350 Pad Cup Heater (1
15-120 volt)
(115-120
#2350A Pad Cup Heater (220-230 volt)
FOR EXCELLENT PAD ADHESIVE SEE OUR
SURDUZSTIK ON PAGE 68
FEELER GAUGE MATERIAL
For testing pad levelness during
installation and seating of
bladder skin pads (clarinet, flute,
etc.), many repair technicians
prefer the accuracy provided by
using a feeler gauge over that of
using a leak light.
Our feeler gauge material is made of durable cellulose
acetate and is an excellent material for this purpose. Will
not tear and has low static charge buildup. Sold in 2"
(5.1cm) x 5" (12.7cm) piece. Cut strips to desired width.
(230 Model equipped with double fuse,
grounded cord, and Schuko style plug.
SCHUKO PLUG
#2354 Replacement Electrodes (p
air)
(pair)
FEELER GAUGE HOLDER
Our feeler gauge holder
is designed for securing
feeler gauge material for
testing pad levelness
during pad installation and
seating. Knurled ring
slides forward to close
steel jaws for smooth, one
hand operation. Nicely balanced to enhance sensitive touch.
Overall length: 4.125" (10.48 cm)
#3235 Feeler Gauge Material .0005" (.0127mm) Silver (ultra thin)
#3236 Feeler Gauge Material .001" (.0254mm) Amber (thin)
#6759 Feeler Gauge Holder
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
5
www.votawtool.com
AUTOMATIC KEY HAMMER
Many student line instruments are today manufactured with keys that are 'power forged' - really tough metal alloys designed
to withstand rough abuse. Straightening keys and key cups that have gotten bent can be a challenge. Our #2370 Automatic
Key Hammer offers a very precise and controlled means of applying a good sharp rap to the area of the key or cup that
needs straightening, and does so without any risk of scratching or marring the key or its finish.

Suppose a flute key cup is sitting too high at its back side. Insert a pad spatula between the pad and the tone hole, center
the spatula over the tone hole and press down on the key until the pad spud screw or plastic washer contacts the spatula.
Hold the rubber tip of the Key Hammer against the back of the key and press down on the black knob.
As pressure is applied an internal spring becomes engaged and stretches until an auto release
mechanism is triggered and sends a firm, controlled blow to the key. The force of the blow is completely
adjustable from a very light tap to a really hard blow. Simply rotate the black knob to increase or decrease
blow. The tip of the hammer is fitted with a rubber pad (approx. 3/8" in diameter and 1/8" thick) which
prevents any damage to the key. No woodwind bench should be without this tool, we guarantee you'll
never work on another student flute or clarinet again without it.
1234567
1234567
1234567
1234567
1234567
light
heavy
→→
KNOB ROTATES
FOR ADJUSTABLE
HAMMER ACTION
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
1234
12341234
1234
1234
12341234
1234
12341234
RUBBER TIP
PROTECTS KEY
#2370 Automatic Key Hammer
FLUTE BODY MANDREL
Our #2385 Flute Body Mandrel is designed for working on
flute main body and foot sections. Machined from highly
polished drill rod, this straight mandrel holds a roundness
tolerance of ±.0005" and is smoothly radiused at one end.
Excellent for burnishing, hammering or rolling out dents,
straightening bent bodies, rounding out tenon joints, or
performing tone hole work. Overall length is 18".
#2385 Flute Body Mandrel
SMOOTH RADIUS
FLUTE POLISHING MANDREL
Our new #2115 Flute Polishing Fixture is designed
to securely hold a flute main body or foot section
in a standard bench vise or pipe vise. The unique
design safely supports and maintains the
instrument in any position desired and keeps the
body from slipping or rolling. Built from durable,
noncorrosive materials.
#21
15 Flute Polishing Fixture
#2115
FLUTE CUP ALIGNMENT TOOL
Designed to easily center a flute key cup over the tone hole. The set contains 3 sizes for different
size key cups. (Note: this is not a pad leveling tool.)
#2140 Flute Cup Alignment Tool
FLUTE / PICCOLO HEAD CORK TOOL
At last, a tuning rod for flute and piccolo head joints that is also designed
for removing and inserting tuning corks. The #2424 Flute/Piccolo Cork
& Tuning Rod is machined from #6061 T6 aluminum, and has a sturdy
3/8" diameter and 10" length with a nicely polished finish.
F
VoTa w Too l Co.
P
Each end of the rod is marked to designate instrument and has an
accurately cut, easy to read, cork positioning mark.
For driving out old stuck corks, one end of the rod is drilled with a hole
large and deep enough to fit over the screw (see illustration).
HEAD JOINT
k
TUNING
CORK
123456 k
123456
k
HOLE IN END OF ROD ALLOWS PRESSURE TO
BE APPLIED AGAINST CORK PLATE INSTEAD
OF SCREW WHEN REMOVING OLD CORK
#2424 Flute/Piccolo Head Cork Tool
6
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
SAXOPHONE PAD RINGS
Our Saxophone Pad Rings are precision designed to offer technicians the finest in key
levelling and pad adjustment tools. The six different sized ring ends are shaped to allow
clearance around the resonator while providing uniform pressure to the pad. Opposite
from the ring end, each tool is dimensioned and angled to provide six different
configurations of length, width, and angle, offering a broad selection of choices to
cover the wide range of key, post, and guard arrangements.
Laser cut from stainless steel, the Saxophone Pad Rings are a slim .075" (1.9 mm) thick. In addition to being non corrosive,
the stainless steel is also much stronger and rigid than mild steels or brass, providing far superior bending strength. Each
tool is engraved with a number for quick identification.
SMALLEST:
LARGEST:
#2375 Saxophone Pad Rings (Set of 6)
Length: 3.5" (8.9 cm)
Ring I.D.: 0.6" (1.52 cm)
Length: 7" (17.8 cm)
Ring I.D.: 1.4" (3.56 cm)
SAX FOOT & BRIDGE KEY ADJUSTMENT TOOLS
Precision machined from steel, this set of tools is designed for adjusting upper and lower stack saxophone keys:
1) Lower key cup height over tone hole: tool is inserted between key hinge and bridge
key bar with the notch in the end of the tool resting on key hinge. With the key cup held
down in a closed position, downward pressure is exerted on the tool, bending the foot
towards the body.
2) Adjust bridge key relative to stack keys
keys: tool is positioned as above and with the
bridge key held in closed position downward pressure is applied to bridge key bar.
TOP & SIDE VIEWS OF EACH TOOL
#2371 Sax Foot & Bridge Key
Adjustment Tools (Set of 2)
SAX KEY CUP ALIGNMENT TOOLS
This set of tools is designed for centering a saxophone key cup over the tone hole. The slot in the tool is positioned
over the key arm and sideward pressure is applied move the key to left or right.. Provides easy, accurate
positioning of key cup without marring the key. Each set comes with 2 benders and each bender has 2 working
ends to cover varied key configurations.
#2372 Sax Key Cup Alignment Tools (Set of 2)
k l
TOP & SIDE VIEWS OF EACH TOOL
CLARINET RING KEY BENDER
Our new Ring Key Bender
is designed to safely bend
and center the ring key over
the tone hole. Precision
machined
from
noncorrosive aluminum
and stainless steel, this tool
will work on all Bb soprano
clarinets. Will not mar key
finish or chip tone hole
chimney.
#2676 Clarinet Ring Key Bender
CLARINET POST PULLER
Designed for removing press-fit
posts from plastic body clarinets.
Easily adjusts and clamps over
any post, secure in bench vise
and lightly tap body with mallet to
remove post.
#2442 Post Puller
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
7
www.votawtool.com
TENON PEG
TENON CORK STRIPPER
Our #2410 Tenon Cork Stripper offers a clean and fast way of stripping
corks from woodwind tenons. Designed to work on all soprano clarinets,
oboes, most alto and bass clarinets, and practically all mouthpieces. The
cutting tool offers a high carbon steel blade and does a quick job of removing
old cork as well as dirt and grease build up from the entire tenon area.
INSTRUMENT
ROTATES ON PEG
TOOL REST
Comes complete with mounting block, tool rest, tenon pegs and
adapters, and cutting tool.
EASY TO USE
Clamp the mounting block in a bench vise and position the tenon
peg and tool rest for the size instrument being worked on.
CUTTING
TOOL
Position the instrument body onto the tenon peg and while
rotating the body with one hand, use the other hand to set the
cutting tool on the tool rest and cut the old cork away (much like
a turning lathe operates.)
#2410
MOUNTING
BLOCK
Tenon Cork SStripper
tripper
WOODWIND WORK FIXTURE
MOUNTING
BASE
THUMB SCREW ADJUSTS
HEIGHT UP TO 9"
PEGS EASILY SLIDE
INTO HOLDER
FIXTURE ROTATES 360 O
FIXTURE PLUGS INTO MOUNTING BASE
FOR QUICK SETUP/TAKE DOWN
WORKBENCH
For working on small woodwind instruments, the Woodwind
Work Fixture offers features that give the technician easier,
more convenient access to the instrument as well as frees
up both hands.
The pegs are designed to securely and safely hold the
instrument body while the peg itself easily rotates inside the
fixture for setting and maintaining the desired position of the
instrument. With a simple height adjustment screw, the
instrument can be positioned anywhere up to 9" above the
surface of the workbench, bringing it closer to eye level.
Included with the fixture are 3 pegs precision machined
from Delrin® and rust free 6061 T6 aluminum, designed to
hold Bb Clarinet, Flute, Oboe and Piccolo.
FLUTE PEG
The Woodwind Work Fixture eliminates much of the
frustration found with the instrument rolling around on the
workbench and is guaranteed to save time on any type of
job ranging from simple adjustments to complete repads
and restorations.
The mounting base requires a 3/4" (19.05mm) hole in
workbench top and attaches to bench with three wood
screws. Fixture easily slips in or out of mounting base and
can be stored away when not in use. Order additional bases
to use fixture at different work stations.
#2330 Woodwind W
ork Fixture (includes
Work
#2331 Additional Mounting Base
CLARINET & LOWER OBOE PEG
mounting base)
PICCOLO & UPPER OBOE PEG
PIN VISE & PADDING NEEDLE
Fluted wood handle with precision
steel chuck. Nicely balanced. Use
with our #6762 Padding Needle for an
excellent tool for pad installation,
removal, levelling, etc.
Capacity: 0 to .059" (0 to 1.5mm)
Length: 4 1/2" (114mm)
#6758 Pin VVise
ise only
Finely polished padding needles have extreme
taper to provide sharp non-damaging point
while maintaining plenty of strength.
#6762 Padding Needle
8
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
SAXOPHONE WORK FIXTURE
We have often been told that
our #2000 Saxophone Work
Fixture is by far one of the
most time saving additions
to the shop. This fixture, used
world wide by both repair
technicians as well as
manufacturers, will safely and securely hold an
alto, tenor, or baritone saxophone up off the
workbench, conveniently putting the instrument at
eye level. And, as shown in Fig. 1, the part of the fixture
that secures the instrument will revolve and hold at any
position in a 360° arc. Simply rotate the fixture in either
direction: wherever you stop the horn will remain in that
position, allowing the technician full use of both hands to
do any kind of repair, from inspection and adjustment to pad
replacement and soldering. The entire unit will also swivel
a full 360° on the workbench (see Fig. 2
2).
Quick Set Up and Take Down
Suppose that a saxophone comes in for a repair estimate.
In LESS THAN 30 SECONDS the work fixture can be
removed from a wall hook, secured
to the workbench, and the horn
set up in it ready for inspection!
Or if you need to switch over to
a clarinet repair in the middle of
MOUNTING BASE PLATE
a sax job, simply lift the entire
fixture with horn off of the base plate and temporarily set
aside. The mounting base plate is a flat 1/8" by 8" square
steel plate that permanently attaches to the workbench with
four wood screws. When the fixture is not in use the
workbench is totally free for other work.
Constructed of nickel plated, heavy
gauge steel and solidly built for
years of trouble free operation.
Holds alto, tenor, and baritone
saxophones. Fluorescent leak
lights can be used in the usual way
(see Fig. 2
2).
While you may be used to working
on a saxophone by laying it on the
workbench or in your lap, consider
the amount of time and effort
needed to maintain and balance
the instrument in a certain position while
performing a particular operation. How many
times do you lift up and set down an instrument
during a repair? And why worry about putting scratches in
the horn from tools and parts lying on the bench (especially
on new or recently lacquered horns)? From simple make
play jobs to complete overhauls, this fixture will save any
repair shop a tremendous amount of time. Try it out for our
30 Day Risk Free Trial Period. We guarantee you will
never want to work on another saxophone without it.
#2000 Saxophone W
ork Fixture
Work
#2000 FIXTURE HOLDS ALTO,
TENOR, & BARITONE SAX
BARITONE
EXTENSION ARM
ALTO & TENOR
EXTENSION ARM
For shops that like to do soldering away from the woodwind
bench, the fixture can be easily clamped (see Fig. 1
1) in a
vise located in the soldering area. It will still provide the
same positioning and holding features.
FOR BASS AND ALTO CLARINETS, SOPRANO SAX, AND
BASSOON SEE OUR #2001 ACCESSORY KIT AND
#2002 ATTACHMENT ON PAGE 9.
ORDER ADDITIONAL BASE PLATES (#2005) TO USE
FIXTURE AT MULTIPLE WORK STATIONS
AUTOMATIC CLUTCH MAINTAINS POSITION
WHILE ALLOWING EASY 360° ROTATION
FIG. 1
INSTRUMENT IS CRADLED
BY MAR FREE SUPPORTS
ALTO SADDLE
LEAK LIGHT
INSERTS HERE
CLAMP IN STANDARD BENCH
VISE FOR SOLDER WORK
TENOR & BARITONE SADDLE
FIG. 2
LOOSEN THUMB SCREW TO SWIVEL
FIXTURE ON BASE PLATE 360°
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
9
www.votawtool.com
SAXOPHONE WORK FIXTURE
ACCESSORY KIT
This kit consists of a set of attachments that will adapt the #2000 Saxophone Work
Fixture (see page 8) to hold the following instruments:
¤
¤
¤
¤
Bass Clarinet
Alto Clarinet > 1 or 2 piece models
Soprano Sax - straight models
Bassoon
Constructed of nickel plated, heavy gauge steel, the accessory kit will provide all of the
same advantages for working on these instruments as it does for the saxophone.
#2001 Saxophone W
ork Fixture Accessory Kit
Work
CURVED SOPRANO SAX ATTACHMENT
This attachment fits onto the #2000 Saxophone
Work Fixture (see page 8) and will securely hold
a curved soprano saxophone, providing all of the
same benefits as it does for the larger sized
instruments.
ATTACHMENT SLIDES ONTO #2000
SAX FIXTURE SADDLE RECEIVER
BELL SECURED BY 4 CONES
RUBBER PADS PROTECT FINISH
#2002 Curved Soprano Sax Att
achment
Attachment
SAX BODY RAGGING FIXTURE
Our Sax Body Ragging Fixture is the answer for holding saxophones
while rag buffing. The fixture quickly inserts inside the main body
section of an alto or tenor sax and is then clamped in a vise (pipe jaws
are recommended - see our #2200 Mighty Mite Vise). Unlike using a
mandrel in the bell, which can dent the bell area and let the instrument
slip around, our fixture will hold the instrument safely and securely. Also
very handy for holding the instrument while degreasing or lacquering.
12
12345678
12345678
12
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
12345678901
123
12345678901
SET SCREW SECURES
TAPERED PLUGS TO SHAFT
#2050 Sax Body Ragging Fixture
REVERSIBLE BENCH PEG
Our #2401 Reversible Bench Peg is designed for holding small woodwind bodies (Bb
clarinet, oboe, etc.) while trimming or sanding tenon corks. Nicely machined from quality
steel, the unique design offers both a tapered convex surface to hold tenons from the
inside as well as a tapered concave surface for holding delicate tenons from the outside.
HOLDER CAN BE MOUNTED ON
SHAFT IN EITHER DIRECTION
The peg consists of two pieces: a shaft and convex / concave holder. The shaft can
be clamped in a standard bench vise (the sides have been machined flat for positive grip)
or inserted into a 1/2" hole drilled into the side of the workbench. A single thumb screw
allows the removal and reversal of the convex / concave holder and also allows the
technician to adjust the distance of the tenon from the workbench to give more freedom SHAFT CAN BE MOUNTED IN VISE
OR SIDE OF WORKBENCH
of hand movement while trimming or sanding corks. Overall length is 5".
#2401 Reversible Bench Peg
10
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
LEAK LIGHTS
V
otaw Tool Company was first to develop the fluorescent leak light for use with musical instrument repair, and
today it has become a standard in the industry, for both repair technicians as well as manufacturers.
We now offer a wide variety of leak light control units and lamps to meet all the demands of the repair shop. And
with versatility in mind, our lights can be purchased either as separate components to meet individual needs, or
as a packaged system (see page 12). We have tried to make our lights as versatile as possible so that whether
you purchase two or three components or a complete system, you can easily expand in the future.
To help decide which system will work best for your shop, read over the descriptions of fluorescent and
incandescent lamps given below and on page 10, and choose the lamp(s) that will meet your needs. Then turn
to pages 12 and select the control unit or package that will operate the lamp(s) you've chosen. Note that below
the description of each lamp you will find a list of the control unit model numbers that will operate that lamp.
If you're not sure of what type of system to start with, our #8002 Economy System or #8007 Professional System
(see page 12) are packages we've put together with the beginning shop in mind.
FLUORESCENT & INCANDESCENT LAMPS
FLUORESCENT LAMPS are the most efficient and effective
light source for pad work. They emit a steady white light with
low heat and can illuminate entire sections of an instrument
at once. Our 20" lamp (#8120) or the 12" lamp (#8112) is
preferred for the main body and bell keys of alto, tenor, and
straight soprano saxes. The 20" lamp is an excellent choice
because it will completely light up the entire main body
section (low Eb to high F) of an alto sax and both the upper
and lower stacks of a tenor sax. Besides saxophones, the
20" or 12" lamp is also a good choice for alto and bass
clarinets, bassoons, and flutes.
The 6" lamp (#8106) works great for baritone sax as it can
be inserted in the low Eb or C tone hole.
SEATING FLUTE PADS
The 20" lamp also works as an excellent heat source for
seating flute pads. After pads are clamped down, attach the
foot joint to the main body and insert the lamp. It quickly
provides the proper amount of heat directly to all the pads.
INCANDESCENT LAMPS are primarily designed and used
in applications where, because of dimensional size, a
fluorescent lamp will not fit.
The #8100 Miniature Lamp is a good choice for an all
purpose light source. Although small in size, 3/16" diameter
and 7/16" in length, it provides a very bright light, and can be
used in Bb soprano clarinets, piccolos, and oboes. And
because of its small size it also works great for inspecting
the insides of mouthpipes, valve casings, arch top guitars,
violins and various other string instruments. Lamp solders
directly onto the end of the cord.
Identical to the old Erick Brand style leak lights, our #8221
and #8222 Bayonet Base Incandescent Lamps are plug
in style lamps that are well suited for getting into curved
areas such as the lower bows on saxophones and the upper
bow area on a baritone sax.
SEE OUR COMPLETE
SELECTION OF LEAK
LIGHTS ON PAGES 11 & 12
STRING REPAIR
The 6" or the 12" lamp makes an excellent inspection light
for inside hollow body and round hole guitars, cellos and
string basses.
NEW STYLE FLUORESCENT LAMP PLUG ADAPTER
In order to improve the safety and performance of our
products, Votaw Tool Company has changed the style of 4
pin plug that is used to connect our fluorescent leak lights
to the control unit.
If your control unit has the older male style jack and you are
ordering replacement fluorescent lamps with cord (#8106,
#8112, or #8120), it will be necessary to order our #8105A
Plug Adapter. This adapter simply plugs into your control
unit and allows any new style lamp plug to be used.
The new style uses a male type plug on the fluorescent lamp
cord, and a female type jack on the control unit. Units
manufactured before June, 2003, use a female plug on the
lamp cord and a male jack on the control unit.
#8105A ADAPTER
PLUGS INTO
NEW STYLE
LAMP
NEW STYLE JACK
OLD STYLE JACK
5" (127
mm
(127mm
mm))
FLEXIBLE CORD
PLUGS INTO
OLD STYLE
CONTROL UNIT
#8105A
Fluorescent Lamp Adapter
#8105AFluorescent
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
FLUORESCENT LAMPS
All fluorescent lamps sold 'with cord and plug' have a
durable yet flexible 7' (2.2m) cord (soldered to the lamp)
with a 4 pin, male style plug that connects to the control unit.
All are equipped with our new protective Safety Sleeve
(see page 13).
All fluorescent lamps sold as 'lamp only' (without cord and
plug) are supplied with a Safety Sleeve and 2 pieces of heat
shrink material for covering the ends of the lamp.
11
www.votawtool.com
>
PLEASE NOTE
>
The variety of lamp sizes and styles we offer require
specific types of power supplies. Following each item
description below are numbers in brackets [ ]. These
numbers indicate the model of control unit that is
designed to operate that particular lamp. If you already
own a control unit, check the model number on the front
face plate to determine if it will operate the lamp you
want to order.
#8106
#8106 6" Fluorescent with Cord & Plug
#8206 6" Fluorescent - lamp only
[8001, 8002, 8003*, 8004*, 8008, 8010]
#8112
k
#81
12 12" Fluorescent with Cord & Plug
#8112
HEAVY DUTY,
REINFORCED CONNECTION
AND MORE FLEXIBLE CORD
[8001, 8002, 8003*, 8004*, 8008, 8010]
#8120 20" Fluorescent with Cord & Plug
#8120
[8003*, 8004*, 8008, 8010]
k
*DISCONTINUED
MODELS
NEW STYLE FLUORESCENT LAMPS NOW USE A 4 PIN MALE STYLE PLUG
W
SEE PAGE 10 FOR ADAPTER
INCANDESCENT LAMPS
#8100 Miniature Incandescent Lamp with Cord & Plug
#8200 Miniature Incandescent - lamp only
Replacement lamp for #8100.
Includes shrink tubing and soldering instructions
.437"
(11.11mm)
#8100
.187"
(4.76mm)
#8125 Cord, Plug, & Socket - Bayonet SStyle
tyle - Small
Cord is 8' long with a single pin plug that connects to
control unit. Socket takes #8221 small bayonet style lamps.
LAMP IS SOLDERED TO CORD
k
Cord is 8' long with a single pin plug that connects to the
control unit. Lamp is soldered to cord.
[8002, 8004*, 8005*, 8010, 8012]
#8221
.437"
(11.11mm)
#8125
#8126 Cord, Plug, & Socket - Bayonet SStyle
tyle - Large
Cord is 8' long with a single pin plug that connects to
control unit. Socket takes #8222 large bayonet style lamps.
#8221 Incandescent Lamp - Bayonet Base - Small
[8002, 8005*, 8010, 8012]
#8222 Incandescent Lamp - Bayonet Base - Large
[8010, 8012]
*DISCONTINUED MODELS
#8222
.750"
(19.05mm)
#8126
12
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
PROFESSIONAL CONTROL UNIT
Due to its versatility, this is the unit we have the most request for. Designed to operate our entire
selection of fluorescent and incandescent lamps, it will meet the demands of any shop application.
Many shops that are just starting out will order this control unit along with one or two lamps, and
as their shop expands they can add more types of lamps to their setup. Equipped with 'ON/OFF'
indicator lamp. See pages 10 and 11 for selecting and ordering lamps. NOTE: New 4 pin jack design
takes male style fluorescent lamp plug - see page 10 for details.
Control Unit Dimensions:
#8010 Professional Control Unit (order lamps separately)
height 2.5" (63mm)
#8010A Professional Control Unit - 230 volt (order lamps separately)
width 3.5" (89mm)
length 10" (254mm)
230 volt model equipped with double fuse and grounded cord with Shuko style plug
INCANDESCENT CONTROL UNIT
This model is designed to operate our complete selection of incandescent lamps. Similar to the
old Erick Brand leak light, except our unit is equipped with two jacks allowing for the added
advantage of operating two lamps at the same time. Equipped with 'ON/OFF' indicator lamp.
See pages 10 and 11 for selecting and ordering lamps.
#8012 Incandescent Control Unit (order lamps separately)
#8012A Incandescent Control Unit - 230 volt (order lamps
height 2.5" (63mm)
width 3.5" (89mm)
length 4.5" (114mm)
separately)
230 volt model equipped with double fuse and grounded cord with Shuko style plug
FLUORESCENT LEAK LIGHT SYSTEM
6" and 12" LAMPS ONLY
ECONOMY LEAK LIGHT SYSTEM
height 2.5" (63mm)
height 2.5" (63mm)
width 3.5" (89mm)
width 3.5" (89mm)
Control unit will only operate 12" & 6" fluorescent lamps.
NOTE: New 4 pin jack design takes male style fluorescent
lamp plug - see page 10 for details.
length 4.5" (114mm)
System includes:
Fluorescent / Incandescent Control Unit,
#8112 Fluorescent Lamp
#8100 Miniature Incandescent Lamp.
Control unit will only operate 12" and 6" fluorescent lamps
and #8100 and #8221 incandescent lamps. NOTE: New 4
pin jack design takes male style fluorescent lamp plug - see
page 10 for details.
#8001 Fluorescent Leak Light System
#8002 Economy Leak Light System
length 4.5" (114mm)
System includes:
Fluorescent Control Unit
#8112 Fluorescent Lamp.
PROFESSIONAL LEAK LIGHT SYSTEM
For the beginning shop we have put together a system that
we feel offers a good starting selection of lamps while still
allowing for expansion. Our Professional Leak Light
System, complete with power supply and lamp assortment,
is designed for use with all instruments from saxophone
down to piccolo and oboe.
#8007 Professional Leak Light System
#8007A
Professional Leak Light System - 230 volt
#8007AProfessional
System includes one each of the following:
#8010 - Control Unit
#8106 - 6" Fluorescent Lamp w/Cord & Plug
#8120 - 20" Fluorescent Lamp w/Cord & Plug
#8100 - Miniature Incandescent Lamp w/Cord & Plug
See p. 9-11 for detailed lamp descriptions
INCANDESCENT LEAK LIGHT SYSTEM
This leak light unit is very similar to the old Erick Brand incandescent
leak light, but with some major improvements. Rather than just being
able to use one lamp at a time, our unit has two separate cords that
plug into the control unit and allow both large and small lamps to be
used simultaneously. And the control unit is also designed so that any
of our incandescent lamps can be used as well.
#8015 Incandescent Leak Light System
#8015A
Incandescent Leak Light System - 230 volt
#8015AIncandescent
System includes one each of the following:
#8012
#8125
#8126
#8221
#8222
-
Control Unit
Cord, Plug, & Socket - Small
Cord, Plug, & Socket - Large
Incandescent Lamp - Small
Incandescent Lamp - Large
See p. 9-11 for detailed lamp descriptions
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
SAFETY SLEEVE for
FLUORESCENT LAMPS
800-894-8665
CUT DOWN ON LAMP BREAKAGE!
Now standard on all Votaw Tool Co. fluorescent lamps is
Safety Sleeve, our new protective lamp sleeve. This is a
clear, tough, plastic sleeve that is permanently fitted to the
lamp providing excellent protection against breakage as
well as safety against flying glass if one should break.
Safety Sleeves are also available to retro fit all of your
existing lamps. Easy to install with a torch or heat gun. Will
work on any 5/8" diameter fluorescent tube.
#8130
#8131
#8132
Safety Sleeve (6" lamp)
FLUORESCENT LAMP END
SHRINK TUBE
Black polyolefin heat shrink to cover the end pins of
fluorescent lamp.
#8133 Heat Shrink Tube (sold in ppair)
air)
www.votawtool.com
LAMPLOCKERS
Our Lamplockers are the perfect solution for keeping leak
light lamps in position while working on the instrument as
well preventing lamps from falling out of the instrument onto
the floor.
Made from safe, non-marring rubber, Lamplockers are
slotted to easily slip over the lamp cord and are then
inserted into the neck receiver of the instrument. The hole
through the center of the Lamplocker is large enough to
allow the cord to easily slide through it for repositioning of
lamp yet provides enough friction to hold lamp in position.
#8250 Lamplocker Set of 5 (includes 1 ea. of below)
#8251 Lamplocker Alto Saxophone
#8252 Lamplocker Tenor Saxophone
#8253 Lamplocker Bb Soprano Clarinet - Lower Joint
also works with our #2000 Saxophone Work Fixture
#8254 Lamplocker Bb Soprano Clarinet - Upper Joint
#8255 Lamplocker Flute
STEEL BENCH BLOCK
VALENTINO KEY CLAMP
Made from high quality tool steel, these bench blocks
are ground flat, polished, and case-hardened. A
necessity on any woodwind bench for flattening spring
ends, leveling key cups, etc.
Made from spring steel and
vinyl coated to protect
instrument finish.
Dimensions:
0.750" (19.0mm) thick
2.500" (63.5mm) square
Light clamping action for
clarinet or flute.
#3550 Steel Bench Block
#4702 Valentino Key Clamp
CLARINET TENON RING SHRINK DIE SET
Our Clarinet Tenon Ring Shrink Die Set is designed for compressing
tenon rings that have become too loose for the instrument, a
condition usually found with wood bodies that have shrunk in dry
weather. Simply place the tenon ring over the correct size plug die
and insert in the tapered compression die. Use a standard bench vise
to compress both dies together to shrink the ring. To use our #2461
Half Ton Arbor Press (see below) for compressing dies order our
#2462 Attachment.
Die Set consists of:
11
11plug dies
1 tapered compression die.
1 die holding rack
Precision machined from quality steel, the set is designed to cover
the entire range of clarinet ring sizes and comes complete with a
sturdy storage rack and detailed instructions.
#2455 Tenon Ring Shrink Die Set
#2462 Die Att
achment (for #2461 Half Ton Press)
Attachment
1/2 TON ARBOR PRESS
Heavy duty, cast iron construction, 1/2 ton (0.5 tonnes) arbor
press. Has a four position steel anvil with steel rams and
pinions.
Press dimensions:
Width: 4" (10.2cm)
Lenght: 9 1/2" 24.1cm)
Height: 10" (25.4cm)
Weight - 22 lbs (10kg)
#2461 Half Ton Press
13
Rated for general shop use.
Also offers great control for
shrinking clarinet tenon rings
(see #2455 Tenon Ring
Shrink Die Set & #2462 Die
Attachment
Attachment).
14
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
WIHA® PRECISION SCREW & NUT DRIVERS
Votaw Tool Company has expanded its line of precision
hand tools from Wiha®. Choose from the wide assortment
of slotted, philips, nut, and torx drivers, all of which provide
a complete selection of screwdrivers for the repair shop.
he blades are made of high alloy vanadium-molybdenum
steel specially developed for Wiha® and are salt-bath
hardened and tempered to provide optimum hardness,
maximum torque transfer and exceptional durability. Chrome
plating assures protection against rust and corrosion.
All Wiha® handles are molded from durable, high impact
black cellulose acetate and their contoured design provides
smooth faceted surfaces (rather than a rough knurled
finish) for a very comfortable fit to the hand. Each handle is
also fitted with a smooth turning palm/finger rotation cup.
LIFETIME REPLACEMENT GUARANTEE
All Wiha® Precision Tools come with a replacement
guarantee against defects in material as well as breakage,
under normal use, for the life of the tool.
261
Slotted
SLOTTED
tip width
MICRO TIP
#6707
#6710
#671
#67111
Wiha
Wiha
W
iha
Wiha
Slotted
Slotted
Slotted
blade length
overall length
Screwdriver
Screwdriver
Screwdriver
.064" (1.5mm)
.071 (1.8mm)
.079" (2.0mm)
1.6" (40mm)
1.6" (40mm)
4.0" (100mm)
4.7" (120mm)
4.7" (120mm)
7.1" (180mm)
#6712 Wiha Slotted Screwdriver
#6713 Wiha Slotted Screwdriver
.098" (2.5mm)
.098" (2.5mm)
2.0" (50mm)
4.0" (100mm)
5.7" (145mm)
7.7" (195mm)
.1
18" (3.0mm)
.118"
.1
18" (3.0mm)
.118"
.1
18" (3.0mm)
.118"
2.0" (50mm)
4.0" (100mm)
6.0" (150mm)
5.7" (145mm)
8.2" (210mm)
10.2" (260mm)
MEDIUM TIP
LARGE TIP
#6714
#6715
#6716
Wiha
Wiha
Wiha
Slotted
Slotted
Slotted
Screwdriver
Screwdriver
Screwdriver
#6709 Complete Set of Wiha Slotted Screwdrivers (SET OF 8)
PHILIPS
#6725
#6726
#6727
W
iha
Wiha
W
iha
Wiha
W
iha
Wiha
Philip
Philipss
Philip
Philipss
Philip
Philipss
tip #
Screwdriver
Screwdriver
Screwdriver
actual size
00
0
1
overall length
1.6" (40mm)
2.0" (50mm)
2.3" (60mm)
4.7" (120mm)
5.7" (145mm)
6.7" (170mm)
Designed for use on new Armstrong flute pad
screws (1/8") and flat spring screws (3/32").
NUT DRIVER
head size
blade length
overall length
3/32"
1/8"
2.4" (60mm)
2.4" (60mm)
6.1" (155mm)
6.1" (155mm)
#6735 Wiha Nut Driver
Designed for use on new Selmer saxophone key guard screws.
TORX DRIVER
head size
T15
MAGNETIZER / DEMAGNETIZER
Wi h a
demagnetize
magnetize
This handy tool will instantly
magnetize screwdriver blades,
tweezers, or other steel objects.
Works great for holding pivot
and spring screws.
blade length
+
#6705 Magnetizer / Demagnetizer
blade length
overall length
2.4" (60mm)
6.1" (155mm)
SCREWDRIVER STAND
This nicely built stand is made from solid
oak, laminated with a clear plexiglass top.
Designed to set on the workbench surface
and hold up to nine screwdrivers with a
shank size up to 1/8" in diameter.
Actual dimensions are:
4" (10cm) x 4" (10cm) x 1 3/4" (4.4cm)
#6708 Screwdriver SSttand
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
METAL SNIPS
15
www.votawtool.com
SPRING CUTTERS
These German made snips are designed with a superior
cutting action that is tough enough to easily cut through a
penny and precise enough to shave off a ribbon of paper.
Perfect for cutting and
trimming patches and
for general shop use.
Spring action handle
with lock. Overall length
7 1/2" (19cm)
#6755 Met
al Snip
Metal
Snipss
RUBBER STOPPERS
These Rubber Stopper Sets offer 14 different sizes to
cover all instruments and work great for testing for air leaks
in both woodwinds and brass. Made from pure rubber, the
sets are available with either a hole in the center or solid.
Stoppers with a hole are used to plug up the end of the
instrument that the technician would put their mouth to.
Approx. 1" in length.
Diameter Size Range:
Small (Set of 7) 3/8" to 1"
Large (Set of 7) 7/8" to 1 5/8"
#3540
#3541
#3542
#3543
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
SStopper
topper
SStopper
topper
SStopper
topper
SStopper
topper
Small
Large
Small
Large
set
set
set
set
of
of
of
of
7
7
7
7
solid
solid
w/hole
w/hole
JEWELER'S SAW
Ù Unique blade tensioning end screw
Ù Heavy duty metal frame with comfort grip, hardwood
handle
Ù Frame depth - 3" (76mm)
Ù Adjusts to hold blade lengths up to 6" (152mm)
Ù Lifetime Guarantee
These precision shears are designed specifically for cutting
needle springs and spring wire and are far superior to
standard type wire cutters.
Conventional wire cutters utilize a compression type cut,
with the advancing cutting edges forcing the metal of the
wire out of their way. The force of this compression is
evident: when the wire is severed the tag end goes shooting
off across the room and the remaining spring gets driven
back toward the post (sometimes even dislodging itself
from the post). This same compression action is also
responsible for leaving the finished cut end squashed and
distorted.
Our Spring Cutters work by shearing the wire, a condition
that greatly reduces the force and mechanical shock of the
cut. Only about half of the effort is needed for the cut as
compared to conventional cutters and the unique jaw design
actually grips and holds the wire on both sides of the cut before, during, and after the cut is made! No flying pieces
of wire or dislodging of springs from the posts. Smooth,
easy cuts in wire spring material up to .062" in diameter. And
the finished cut end is perfectly round with absolutely no
distortion.
Compact size makes cutting heavy springs in tight places
a lot easier than standard cutters. This is a precision made
tool and comes with a lifetime warranty.
Overall Dimensions:
1/2" 13mm) x 2 1/4" (57mm) x 5 1/2" (140mm)
#6757 Spring Cutters
CROSS-LOCK TWEEZERS
#6550 Jeweler's Saw Frame
JEWELER'S SAW REPLACEMENT BLADES
Made from stainless steel with wooden grips. Normal
position is closed - squeeze to open. Six inch length.
Available with either straight or curved tip.
High grade steel and electronically controlled tempering
provide long life blades that are less prone to breakage.
German made. Lower number indicates smaller teeth
and finer cut. Sold in packages of 12.
#6553
#6555
#6557
#6558
Jeweler's
Jeweler's
Jeweler's
Jeweler's
Saw
Saw
Saw
Saw
Blade
Blade
Blade
Blade
#3
#5
#7
#8
(per
(per
(per
(per
dozen)
dozen)
dozen)
dozen)
#6760 Tweezers straight tip
#6761 Tweezers curved tip
16
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
FLAT NOSE PARALLEL JAW PLIERS
A WORD ABOUT PARALLEL JAW PLIERS
As shown in the diagram below, parallel action pliers
offer maximum contact between jaw and screw. Not
only does this drastically improve gripping power it also
prevents the screw surface or end from being marred.
`
`
`
`
Hardened steel, parallel action flat jaws.
Excellent for bending keys.
Overall length: 5" (127mm)
Jaw width: 1/4" (6.35mm)
#6764 Flat Nose Parallel Jaw Pliers
'V' JAW PARALLEL PLIERS
V' notch combined with
parallel action jaws make
this an excellent tool for
removing hinge screws.
Two 'V' notches in side of
jaws and one 'V' notch in
jaw end. Safely grabs
screw without marring or
crimping end.
STANDARD
JAWS
PARALLEL
JAWS
SPRING REMOVAL PARALLEL PLIERS
PARTIAL BREAK
Designed for removing springs
that are only partially broken not broken off flush to the post.
Provides broad surface for
contacting the spring end.
Overall length: 5" (12.7 cm).
Jaw width: 1/4" (6.35 mm).
#6765 'V' Jaw Parallel Pliers
WHOLE SPRING REMOVING PLIERS
These pliers are designed for removing entire needle springs
from posts. Extra wide jaws provide solid grip.
Overall length 5" (12.7cm).
Overall length: 5" (12.7 cm).
Jaw width: 1/4" (6.35 mm)
#6767 Partial Break SSpring
pring Removal Pliers
BRASS HAMMER
Our #2121 Brass Hammer has an overall weight of 5.2 ozs.
(146 grams) and is 9" in length. The 1 1/2" long head is
machined from 3/4” diameter solid brass rod and is fitted to
an aluminum shaft with a high density ABS tapered handle.
Great size and weight for general shop use.
#2121 Brass Hammer
RAWHIDE MALLET
#6756 Whole SSpring
pring Removal Pliers
All purpose rawhide mallet for general shop use.
Head diameter 1.5" (38mm)
Head length 3" (76mm)
Overall hammer length: 11.5" (29cm)
Approximate overall weight: 10 oz (284 gr)
#6775 Rawhide Mallet
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
MULTIPURPOSE PUNCH & THREADING TOOL
Our Multipurpose Punch and Threading Tool is
a must item on any woodwind bench and is
designed for the following tasks:
Ù key pin removal and installation
Ù thread cutting new hinge rods
Ù flattening the ends of needle springs
Comes complete with:
¾ Main tool frame
¾ Open bore chuck
capacity: 0.015" - 0.250" (0.4mm - 6.5mm)
¾ Thread cutting die holder and rotating attachment
¾ 1 Punch striker arm
¾ 4 Anvil bases:
2 profiled bases for key pin removal and installation
1 lead filled base for key pin removal and installation
1 tool steel base for needle spring flattening
¾ 4 Punches:
3 punches for key pin removal and installation
1 punch for needle spring flattening
¾ Storage rack
17
www.votawtool.com
STRIKE PUNCH
ARM WITH
HAMMER
INSERT DESIRED PUNCH
AND ANVIL FOR PIN
REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
OR FLATTENING NEEDLE
SPRING ENDS
INCLUDES
4 PUNCHES AND
4 ANVIL BASES
THREADING CUTTING ATTACHMENT
CUTS PERFECT, CENTERED THREADS
#2780 Multipurpose Punch and Threading Tool
FIBER OPTIC INSPECTION SCOPE
Our Fiber Optic Inspection Scope offers excellent resolution for viewing
the insides of instruments. Typical uses include inspecting the bore and
underside of tone holes in woodwind bodies, or for valve inspection and
alignment on all piston and rotary valve instruments.
Hand-held viewing module has primary lens focus and switch to illuminate
lamp located in end of flexible shaft.
Offers two viewing angles: straight forward and 90° using clip on mirror.
Supplied with sturdy, molded plastic storage case. Lamp operation requires
two ‘AA’ batteries (not included).
CLIP-ON MIRROR PROVIDES
90° VIEWING
#2685 Fiber Optic Inspection Scope
DETACHABLE ROUND
LENS CAP ALLOWS EASY
TRAVEL THROUGH
CURVED PIPES
Flexible Shaft Specifications:
Length: 36" (91.4cm)
Diameter: 1/4" (6.35mm)
Lens Cap Diameter: 5/16" (7.93mm)
Maximum Bend Radius: 2.0" (50.8 mm)
VIEWING MODULE WITH LIGHT TRIGGER
AND PRIMARY LENS FOCUS
18
800-894-8665
DIGITAL 6" CALIPERS
Precision digital calipers feature easy to read LCD display
with a range of 0" - 6" (0-152mm) and calibrations of 0.0005"
(0.01mm). Designed with steel jaws, glides, and rule.
Features include:
Ù decimal / metric read out
Ù internal & external jaws
Ù depth measuring blade
Ù zero reset
Ù lock-down screw
Ù storage case
#2656 Digit
al 6" Calipers
Digital
TELESCOPING GAGE SET
Six piece set offering range from .312" (73.937mm) up to
6.0" (15.240cm). Excellent for measuring bore and other
inside diameters. Includes vinyl case.
Features include:
Ù satin chrome finish
Ù hardened tool steel
contact points
Ù Rigid handle with selfcentering system
Ù smooth, constant spring
tension
Ù lock-down screw
#2655 Telescoping Gage Set
DIES
DIGITAL MICROMETER
Precision steel digital micrometer with LCD readout for
inside measuring. Comes with wooden case and
replacement battery. Calibrations of 0.00005" (0.001mm).
#2657 Digit
al Micrometer
Digital
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
Features include:
Ù hold function
Ù zero reset
Ù lock-down screw
Ù storage case
DIGITAL INSIDE MICROMETER
Precision steel digital micrometer with LCD readout for
inside measuring. Calibrations of 0.00005" (0.001mm).
Comes with wooden case.
Features include:
Ù min / max values
Ù hold function
Ù zero reset
Ù lock-down screw
Adjustable - High Carbon Steel
13/16" Outside Diameter
Machine screw thread sizes, made in the
USA. Use #6381 Die Handle.
#6341
#6342
#6343
#6344
#6345
#6346
#6347
SIZE
... 0-80
... 1-56
... 1-64
... 1-72
... 2-56
... 2-64
... 3-48
#6348
#6349
#6350
#6351
#6352
#6353
#6354
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
SIZE
3-56
4-36
4-40
4-48
5-40
5-44
6-32
#6355
#6356
#6357
#6358
#6359
#6360
#6361
#6362
SIZE
... 6-36
... 6-40
... 6-48
... 8-32
... 8-36
... 8-40
... 10-24
... 10-32
SEE PAGE 62 FOR HOW TO
CUT THREADS AND
MAKE NEW HINGE SCREWS.
DIE HANDLE
Die handle designed to hold 13/16" diameter round dies.
#2658 Inside Digit
al Micrometer
Digital
#6381 Die Handle
RANGE: 0.2" - 1.2" (5.08mm - 30.48mm)
#2659 Inside Digit
al Micrometer
Digital
ALSO SEE OUR MULTIPURPOSE PUNCH &
THREADING TOOL ON PAGE 17
RANGE: 1.0" - 2.0" (25.40mm - 50.80mm)
TAPS
TAP GUIDE SIZES
Thread
Size
0-80
1-64
1-72
2-56
2-64
3-48
3-56
4-40
4-48
5-40
Drill
Size
3/64
53
53
50
50
47
45
43
42
38
Thread
Size
5-44
6-32
6-40
8-32
8-36
10-24
10-32
12-24
12-28
1/4-20
Drill
Size
37
36
33
29
29
25
21
16
14
7
Plug style taps made of high carbon steel. Use #6382 or
#6383 tap wrench.
#6315 ... 6-36
#6308 ... 3-56
#6301 ... 0-80
#6316 ... 6-40
#6309 ... 4-36
#6302 ... 1-56
#6317 ... 6-48
#6310 ... 4-40
#6303 ... 1-64
#6318 ... 8-32
#6311 ... 4-48
#6304 ... 1-72
#6319 ... 8-36
#6312 ... 5-40
#6305 ... 2-56
#6320 ... 8-40
#6313 ... 5-44
#6306 ... 2-64
#6321 ... 10-24
#6314 ... 6-32
#6307 ... 3-48
#6322 ... 10-32
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
19
www.votawtool.com
STANDARD TAP WRENCH
DRILLS - WIRE GAUGE
High Speed Steel - Wire gauge sizes #1 thru #80.
'T' Handle tap wrench features
sliding handle.
Available in individual sizes or complete
sets. Complete sets come in a sturdy,
hinged, indexed steel case.
#6382 SSttandard Tap W
rench
Wrench
EASY TAP RATCHET WRENCH
This wrench works great for threading
posts on saxophones and other hard
to reach places. Sliding handle and 3
position 'gear box' for left, right and
lock positions.
#6081 Wire Gauge Drill Set
Sizes #1 - #60
#6082 Wire Gauge Drill Set
Sizes #61 -#80
INDIVIDUAL SIZES
#6383 Easy Tap Ratchet W
rench
Wrench
SIZE
SCREW EXTRACTORS
To remove broken screws simply drill the correct size hole
in the center of the broken piece, insert screw extractor, and
screw broken piece out. Each extractor indicates the correct
size drill to use. A tap wrench works best for turning
extractor, although a standard wrench will also work.
#6400 Screw Extractor
use for #4, #5, and #6 screw sizes
#6401 Screw Extractor
use for #8, #10, and #12 screw sizes
DRILLS - FRACTIONAL SIZES
High Speed Steel - Fractional sizes 1/64"
thru 1/2". Available in individual sizes or
set. Set comes in a sturdy, hinged,
indexed steel case with sizes 1/16"
thru 1/2", graduated by 64ths.
#6100 Fractional Drill Set
INDIVIDUAL SIZES
SIZE
SIZE
#6101
#6102
#6103
#6104
#6105
#6106
#6107
#6108
1/64
1/32
3/64
1/16
5/64
3/32
7/64
1/8
#6117
#6118
#6119
#6120
#6121
#6122
#6123
#6124
17/64
9/32
19/64
5/16
21/64
11/32
23/64
3/8
#6109
#6110
#6111
#6112
#6113
#6114
#6115
9/64
5/32
11/64
3/16
13/64
7/32
15/64
#6125
#6126
#6127
#6128
#6129
#6130
#6131
#6132
25/64
13/32
27/64
7/16
29/64
15/32
31/64
1/2
SIZE
SIZE
#6001
#6002
#6003
#6004
1
2
3
4
#6028
#6029
#6030
#6031
28
29
30
31
#6055
#6056
#6057
#6058
55
56
57
58
#6005
#6006
#6007
#6008
5
6
7
8
#6032
#6033
#6034
#6035
32
33
34
35
#6059
#6060
#6061
#6062
59
60
61
62
#6009
#6010
#6011
#6012
9
10
11
12
#6036
#6037
#6038
#6039
36
37
38
39
#6063
#6064
#6065
#6066
63
64
65
66
#6013
#6014
#6015
#6016
13
14
15
16
#6040
#6041
#6042
#6043
40
41
42
43
#6067
#6068
#6069
#6070
67
68
69
70
#6017
#6018
#6019
#6020
17
18
19
20
#6044
#6045
#6046
#6047
44
45
46
47
#6071
#6072
#6073
#6074
71
72
73
74
#6021
#6022
#6023
#6024
21
22
23
24
#6048
#6049
#6050
#6051
48
49
50
51
#6075
#6076
#6077
#6078
75
76
77
78
#6025
#6026
#6027
25
26
27
#6052
#6053
#6054
52
53
54
#6079
#6080
79
80
DRILL STANDS
#6087 Met
al Drill SSttand - Indexed
Metal
Fractional Sizes - 1/16-1/2 (by 1/64's)
#6085 Met
al Drill SSttand - Indexed
Metal
Wire Gauge Sizes - #1 - #60
#6086 Plastic Dome Drill SSttand - Indexed (not pictured)
Wire Gauge - Sizes #61 - #80
20
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
CARBIDE & TUNGSTEN CARBIDE BURS
CARBIDE BURS
Used for general all purpose cutting in the shop. From
grinding off case rivets to brass repair, these cutters work
quickly and smoothly on most metals including stainless
steel, steel alloys, cast iron, etc. Will work in any of our
Foredom hand tools (see page 21) or any high speed hand
tool (Dremel, Sears Craftsman, etc). All have 1/8" shank.
Maximum speed rating 35,000 RPM.
#6621
#6622
#6623
#6624
#6625
Carbide
Carbide
Carbide
Carbide
Carbide
Bur
Bur
Bur
Bur
Bur
-
TUNGSTEN CARBIDE BURS
Designed to provide a smoother cutting action than standard
carbide burs, making them an excellent choice for brass
work and other fine cutting.
All have 1/8" shank. Maximum speed rating - 25,000 RPM.
Inverted Cone
Tree Point
Cylinder Radius
Cone
Ball
#6601
#6602
#6603
#6604
#6605
#6620 Carbide Bur
Complete Set of 5 in SStorage
torage Case
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
#6621
INVERTED
CONE
1/2"
#6622
TREE
POINT
1/2"
#6623
CYLINDER
RADIUS
Carbide
Carbide
Carbide
Carbide
Carbide
Bur
Bur
Bur
Bur
Bur
-
Ball Nose
Cylinder
SSphere
phere
Taper
Rotor Saw
#6600 Tungsten Carbide Bur
Complete Set of 5 in SStorage
torage Case
1/4"
7/16"
5/16"
5/16"
1/4"
Tungsten
Tungsten
Tungsten
Tungsten
Tungsten
5/16"
3/4"
1/4"
11/16"
#6624
CONE
???
1/2"
#6625
BALL
#6601
BALL
NOSE
WHY CARBIDE
There is great difference between cutters made
from carbide or tungsten carbide and those made
from ‘high speed’ or ‘high carbon’ steel. High
speed or carbon steel is not as hard as carbide
and therefore its ability to maintain a sharp edge
is drastically reduced. It may work fine for the first
few jobs, but as it begins to lose its edge it quickly
falls into a downward spiral.
As the cutting edge dulls it rubs rather than cuts
the metal, which generates friction and heat
1/2"
#6602
CYLINDER
1/8"
7/16"
#6603
SPHERE
1/2"
#6604
TAPER
#6605
ROTOR
SAW
???
buildup. The buildup of heat weakens the metal,
which leads to more dulling and more heat, etc.,
and soon the cutter is worthless. How many times
have you been trying to grind off a rivet head on
a case latch while watching the metal turn red hot
and start to melt the plastic on the case!
Carbide provides smooth, rapid removal of metal.
And from an economical viewpoint, one carbide
cutter will easily outperform and out last many
cutters made from high speed or carbon steel.
Make all of your metal cutting tools
work smoother and faster with our
#3092 ACCULUBE® on page 67.
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
21
FOREDOM FLEXIBLE SHAFT POWER TOOL
®
QUIET, SMOOTH RUNNING
BALL BEARING MOTOR
LIGHTWEIGHT EASY
TO USE HANDPIECE
39" FLEXIBLE SHAFT
DURABLE VARIABLE SPEED FOOT CONTROL
LOW PROFILE, ERGONOMIC DESIGN FOR
COMFORTABLE FOOT OPERATION
Votaw Tool Company is proud to offer the Foredom® Flexible
Shaft Power Tools. These precision tools are of the highest
quality and have been the standard in precision industries for
many years. Designed for any type of hand grinding, deburring,
buffing or polishing, their advantage over other types of hand
held electric and air driven power tools include:
Ù Slim, light weight, smooth running handpieces. The vibration,
noise and heat associated with motors in other hand held
electric or air tools are eliminated.
Ù Choose either Jacobs® Chuck or Collet style handpiece*
Ù 1/10th horsepower ball bearing motor..
Ù 39" long flexible shaft in protective sheath with steel liner
and silencer.
Ù Hand piece design uses pre-lubricated ball bearings that
require no maintenance.
Ù Solid state, variable speed, foot control switch that provides
smooth control over the entire speed range of 0-18,000 rpm.
*Note that all Foredom handpieces easily interchange to the
flexible shaft using a quick disconnect.
See Motor Hangar below for convenient mounting options.
CHOOSE ..... JACOBS CHUCK or COLLET STYLE HANDPIECE
Jacobs® Chuck Handpiece
Constructed with pre-lubricated ball bearings that require
no maintenance. Equipped with geared 3-jaw #0 Jacobs®
chuck and quick action chuck key. Works best for drill bits
and small shaft cutters and burs. Takes any size shank up
to 5/32" (4mm) in diameter.
Chuck capacity: 0 - 5/32" (0 - 4mm)
Overall length: 5.4" (13.7cm)
Diameter: 1.0" (25.4mm)
Overall weight: 5.9 oz. (167g)
#6519 Foredom ® Flexible Shaf
Shaftt
Power Tool with Jacobs Chuck Handpiece
#6519A
Foredom ® Flexible Shaf
Shaftt
#6519AForedom
Power Tool with Jacobs Chuck Handpiece 230 VVolt
olt
HANDPIECE HOLDER
This ‘third hand’ device clamps to the
workbench allowing operator to bring
work to the tool. Handpiece quickly
clamps into holder for stationary
operation.
Unit clamps to workbench up to 1 3/4"
(45 mm) thick. Adjustable height up to
10" (26 cm). Works with either chuck or
collet style handpiece.
#6530 Hand
piece Holder
Handpiece
Standard Collet Chuck
Handpiece constructed with pre-lubricated ball bearings
that require no maintenance. Collet design works best for
using cutting burs, wheels and buffs. Comes with wrench
and 3 different size collets for holding the following shaft
sizes:
3/32" (2.38mm)
1/8" (3.17mm)
1/4" (6.35mm)
Overall length - 5.6" (14.2cm)
Diameter - 1.0" (25.4mm)
Overall weight - 5.9 oz. (167g)
#6520 Foredom ® Flexible Shaf
Shaftt
Power Tool with Collet Handpiece
#6520A Foredom ® Flexible Shaf
Shaftt
Power Tool with Collet Handpiece 230 VVolt
olt
MOTOR HANGER
Convenient for suspending Flexible Shaft
Power Tool motor unit above the workbench.
Hanger arm is adjustable for height and
swivels. Available with clamp-on (2" clamp)
or screw-on mount. Screw-on mount can be
attached to either vertical or horizontal
surface. Comes with handpiece rest
(pictured) and accessory tray (not pictured)
for holding bits, collets, etc.
#6525 Motor Hanger - Clamp on
#6526 Motor Hangar - Screw on
22
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
UNIVERSAL BENCH MOTOR
7 1/2"
Solid, powerful, and versatile, our Universal Bench Motor offers all
of the features that a woodwind and brass shop require.
Variable Speed Control: turn dial to smoothly adjust
speed from 70 rpm to 2,800 rpm.
15"
Motor: 1/2 hp, high torque, smooth quiet operation.
Motor control has both a dial to adjust speed and an 'ON/
OFF toggle switch to turn power on and off. An optional
ON/OFF foot switch (#2625) is also available (120 volt
only).
Current draw is 0.5 - 15.0 amps depending on load. The
electronic speed control adjusts automatically for any
voltage world wide from 100 to 240 volts AC, 50hz to
60hz. Three conductor power cord is equipped with U.S.
standard 3 prong plug for 110-120v outlet with ground.
Versatile Positioning: by loosening one set screw, the
HAND BRAKE
CHOICE OF
KEYLESS OR
KEYED CHUCK
HINGE ROD
STABILIZER
unit can be rotated on the mounting base to any position
in a 360° range. Order an additional mounting base and
easily relocate motor to a different work area.
Hollow Shaft: hollow shaft arbor with a removable hinge
rod stabilizer to assist in centering the back end of hinge
rod and prevent whip out.
Chuck Options:
Albrecht Keyless Chuck - Albrecht makes the finest, most precision keyless chuck
available. No chuck key is needed - simply hand tighten.
Holding capacity - 1/32" - 1/2" (0.8mm - 13mm).
Jacobs Keyed Chuck - Jacobs heavy duty precision keyed chuck.
Holding capacity - 0-1/2" (13mm).
#2620 Universal Bench Motor with Albrecht Keyless Chuck
#2621 Universal Bench Motor with Jacobs Keyed Chuck
OPTIONAL ITEMS
#2625 Optional Foot Switch - ON/OFF control (1
15v only)
(115v
#2628 Additional Mounting Base
COMING SOON .....
NEW BENCH MOTOR ATTACHMENTS:
DISC & BELT SANDER
KEY HINGE SHORTENING
TENON CORK BEVELLING & TRIMMING
SCREW TAPERING
AND MORE .....
LOOKING FOR A PRECISION BENCH TOP LATHE?
Votaw Tool Co. is an authorized distributor for Sherline Products, Inc.
Inc., a manufacturer of
precision machine tools. The motor and arbor assembly of our Universal Bench Motor is made
by Sherline and will easily adapt to the various bench top lathes and mills that they offer. Call
us to receive a Sherline catalog or for more information.
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
23
www.votawtool.com
MIGHTY MITE MANDREL VISE
One of our top sellers, the Mighty Mite Mandrel Vise is a sturdy, rugged bench vise designed with
pipe style jaws for holding any size mandrel or dent rod up to 1.5" (39mm) in diameter. While the
vise is compact in size its solid construction will securely hold the largest of dent mandrels for
heavy duty dent work.
The Mighty Mite vise is designed with ‘safe jaws’ that prevent marring or scratching of mandrels,
eliminating the need to use brass shims or other protective inserts between the jaws and the
mandrel. Durable powder coat finish. Four bolts (not included) secure vise to workbench. Base
dimensions: width: 3.5" (8.9mm), length: 4.0" (10.2cm).
BRASS PLUG & ALUMINUM 'V'
BLOCK SAFE TO MANDRELS
#2220 Mighty Mite Mandrel VVise
ise
#2222 Upper 'V' Block (optional)
When clamping a tube rather than a solid mandrel we
offer an aluminum 'V' block to be placed over the top of
the tube. Helps distribute the pressure from the vise
screw and prevent crushing or distortion.
Options
Options: (see below)
#2221 Detachable Base
#2225 Tri-Axial Mount
MIGHTY MITE DETACHABLE BASE
As an option for shops looking for versatility we offer an
optional quick change detachable base to be used with our
#2220 Mighty Mite Mandrel Vise
Vise. This base is designed to
be bolted to the workbench top, or a hole can be routed into
the workbench surface and the base mounted into the hole
for a completely flush workbench surface. When the vise is
not in use, simply unhook from the base, set on a shelf, and
100% of your work area is again available.
Order two or more bases and the vise can be easily moved
around and used in different areas of the shop. Includes
base plate, mounting bolts, and vise spool adapter.
Base Dimensions:
thickness: 0.375" (9.53mm)
width: 3.5" (88.9mm)
length: 4.0" (10.1cm)
Sturdy design provides totally solid foundation for vise. To
remove vise from base simply loosen 2 socket head screws
and slide vise off of base plate.
MIGHTY MITE VISE WITH
DETACHABLE BASE
#2221 Mighty Mite Det
achable Base (order vise separately)
Detachable
MIGHTY MITE TRI-AXIAL MOUNT
Our Tri-Axial Vise Base is designed to offer ultimate versatility to
our Mighty Mite Vise and provides a means of holding instruments
that brings a new standard to instrument repair. Whether you use a
mandrel for holding instruments or one of our Horn Discs the base’s
three axis movement allows for quick, easy, and unlimited positioning.
4" (10.2 CM) HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
Lever A Positioning
1
1)) From horizontal to vertical and anywhere
in between within a 90 degree arc.
2) Full 360 degree rotation.
Lever B Positioning
Complete 360° swivel rotation of the entire fixture,
as well as a height adjustment range of 4" (10.2 cm).
The combination of these positions allows the
technician to quickly set the instrument at ANY angle
and significantly speeds up any job. Great for all
soldering, slide and valve work, assembly, and general
pc work. Like our Mighty Mite Vise, the Tri-Axial Base
has a sturdy design and is constructed for years of
trouble free use. Installation requires four bolts for
attachment to workbench and a 1" diameter hole
drilled in workbench to allow for adjustable height.
(Note that although the Tri-Axial Vise Base is built with heavy duty construction,
it is not designed for heavy raking or pushing up of dents using a 3-4' dent rod.)
#2225 Triaxial VVise
ise Base (order vise separately)
24
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
ADJUSTABLE VISE STAND
Our adjustable vise stand provides an outstanding tool for the professional repair
shop, allowing the technician fast, easy adjustment of both height and rotation.
16" (40.6cm) Height Adjustment:
Easy One Lever Operation:
Minimum Height: 25.5" (64.8cm)
Releases holding tension to raise or lower vise
Maximum Height: 41.5" (105.4cm)
or rotate in continuous 360°. Heavy duty internal
(Measurements taken from floor to
spring assists in raising vise when repositioning.
top of vise mounting plate).
Heavy Duty Construction:
Outer & Inner Sleeve: DOM steel tubing
Outer Sleeve Outside Diameter: 4.0" (10.16cm)
Wall Thickness: 0.187" (4.75mm)
Profiled Floor Base:
Thickness: 0.500" (12.7mm)
Width & Length: 10" ( 25.4cm)
Mounting Hole Diameter: 0.625" (15.87mm)
Holes Spacing: 8" (20.32cm) center to adjacent center
REVERSIBLE TOP
JAWS FOR
SERRATED OR
SMOOTH SURFACE
Vise Mounting Base:
Width & Length: 8" ( 20.32cm)
Corner Radius: 1.0" (25.4mm)
Specify vise hole pattern when ordering
and we will drill and tap plate holes.
#2155 Adjust
able VVise
ise SSttand (vise not included)
Adjustable
WILTON BENCH VISE
PIPE JAWS
The name Wilton maintains a long standing reputation for
quality bench vises and we now offer one of their most
popular sellers, the #1755 Tradesman Vise.
Jaw
Width
5.5"
13.97cm
SPECIFICATIONS
Jaw
Throat
Opening
Depth
5"
3.75"
12.7cm
9.53cm
Pipe Jaw
Capacity
0.25" - 3"
.635 - 7.62cm
Top jaws are reversible - standard serrated or smooth.
Precision thrust bearing provides greater clamping pressure.
Large work anvil and fully enclosed spindle.
#2157 Wilton VVise
ise with Swivel Base
#2158 Wilton VVise
ise - SSttationary Mount
IF YOUR WOODWIND BENCH
DOES NOT HAVE A BOTTLE OF
LOW STRENGTH THREADLOCKE
R®
THREADLOCKER
ON IT YOU ARE MISSING A
VALUABLE TOOL!
SEE PAGE 68.
Available either with swivel base or stationary mount. Swivel
base design offers continuous 360° rotation and uses dual
lock down 'T' Handles for positive, nonslip grip.
CAN'T QUITE MAKE
UP YOUR MIND?
If you keep going back to a particular page
in the catalog, wondering whether or not to
try a new tool, please remember our Risk
Free Trial Policy
Policy.
Simply order the item you want and try it for
30 days. If you decide that you don't want it,
whatever the reason, return it to us for either
exchange or a full refund (less freight
charges).
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
25
JOINT EXPANDERS
Our joint expanders are the finest expansion tools available,
allowing the technician to quickly and easily get the job done
exactly right, without over-expanding and without having to
settle for halfway passable results and joints that fit just
‘good enough’.
CAM ACTION & INCREMENTAL PRESSURE
Besides the precision design and construction, two features
distinguish our expanders from all others. The unique cam
action allows the tenon to be taken in and out of the
expander without altering the pressure setting, which means
when the tenon is tested for fit in the instrument it can be
brought back to the expander at the exact same pressure
setting. No more guess work at how much pressure was
previously used, and thus virtually eliminating any chance
of over-expansion.
Our expander's other exclusive feature is its incremental
pressure control. As shown in the illustration at right, the
pressure control knob is slotted to provide a ratcheting
action when turned. One increment or click on the pressure
adjustment wheel will raise or lower the compression roller
a distance of 0.0015" (one and one half thousandth of an
inch / 0.0381mm). This ultra fine adjustment provides the
technician with complete control of the expansion process,
bringing the tenon diameter up to the exact size needed for
a perfect fit.
STURDY CONSTRUCTION
As most technician’s know, it takes a tremendous amount
of pressure to expand a saxophone neck, and an even
greater amount for expanding a bass clarinet neck. Evidence
that a joint expander is not up to the task of meeting this
pressure demand usually manifests itself with the formation
of lines or ridges in the tenon.When an expander creates
these lines it is generally an indication that the expansion
rollers are deflecting, causing the edge of the roller to bite
into the tenon. This deflection is usually due to the fact that
either the tool is simply not stout enough to handle the
stresses for the job at hand or else the bearings which
house the expansion roller have a sloppy fit (usually it’s a
case of both). Once the tenon is creased the only solution
is to sand and/or polish away the metal. And as many
technician’s have experienced, once the tenon is smooth
again it may no longer have a tight fit and you are back to
where you started!
Votaw Tool Company uses cnc equipment in the
manufacture of most its tools, which affords us the ability to
hold extremely close design tolerances. This precision
combined with the heavy duty, solid construction permits
the compression rollers to meet the tenon squarely, resulting
in smooth expansion with no lines or ridges on even the
thickest of neck tenons.
CAM LEVER
PRESSURE
CONTROL DIAL
EXPANSION
ROLLER
GUIDE PIN
GORILLA JOINT EXPANDER
The #2160 Gorilla Joint Expander
is designed to work on all
saxophones (except soprano) as
well as bass clarinet. Because the
force needed to expand
saxophone necks greatly exceeds
that needed for expanding flute
tenons, use of the Gorilla Expander
on a flute is not recommended as
severe damage to the flute tenon
can occur.
#2160 Gorilla Joint Exp
ander
Expander
FLUTE JOINT EXPANDER
The #2165 Flute Joint Expander is designed with
an extra long guide pin which keeps instrument
level while expanding. This extra length is also
especially helpful in straightening and reshaping
the foot joint tenon which often get severely bent
and misshapen.
The base of both expanders is designed to allow
permanent bolt down attachment to the workbench,
or it can also be used by clamping securely in a
bench vise.
#2165 Flute Joint Exp
ander
Expander
26
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
VOTAW PROFESSIONAL SOLDERING FIXTURE
The Votaw Professional Soldering Fixture is the finest
available. Constructed from a combination of stainless
steel, quality 6061 T6 aluminum, and hard brass, our fixture
is precision designed and machined, surpassing anything
else on the market.
The fixture's clamps are constructed from half hard brass
with stainless steel screws. This unique design provides for
quick, solid setup and clamping. As shown at right, Knob
A sets jaw opening and Knob B provides positive lock
down, clamping the part tight.
The unique positioning joints allow quick, easy setup and positive, solid
lock down. Bump or move the fixture and your parts will not budge. And
once the part is clamped and aligned in the fixture you can loosen the
main arm clamp and rotate the part nearly 360° in any direction for better
viewing or to let solder flow in different direction. No other fixture on the
market comes even close to providing these features.
#2200 Vot
aw Professional Soldering Fixture
otaw
Comes standard with two clamps. Although a third arm and clamp are
available (see below), it has been our experience that 99% of all key
repairs require only two clamps. While this fixture may cost more than
other soldering jigs its performance will quickly make up for the difference.
This is one tool we urge you to try with our Risk Free Trial Period
Period. You
won’t be disappointed.
VOTAW SOLDERING FIXTURE
Our new Votaw Soldering Fixture offers an affordable
alternative to our #2200 Professional model. Precision
machined and constructed using all noncorrosive
materials, the fixture uses the same unique quick-clamp
jaws as found on our #2200 model, providing fast and
secure clamping (see above further clamp description).
3RD ARM ATTACHMENT
#2201
Our
3rd
Arm
Attachment is for soldering
applications that require three
clamps. Easily attaches to
either the main arm or the
upright base support of the
#2200 Soldering Fixture.
The arms are machined from hefty 1/2" (12.7mm)
#2201 Third Arm &
aluminum rod which provides plenty of support and
eliminates the unwanted spring-like action found with
thinner steel arms. Each arm is designed with 4 pivot points, allowing for maximum
positioning flexibility. Overall arm extension is a generous 11" (28cm), giving extra
flexibility for clamping setup as well as a nice feature for holding parts like sax key
guard feet while soldering to instrument body.
The #2775 Soldering Fixture comes standard with two arms. Although a third arm
and clamp are available, it has been our experience that 99% of all key repairs
require only two clamps. Base measures 10" (25.4 cm) square.
Clamp
SOLID 1/2"
DIAMETER ARMS
HOLD WORK
STEADY
ARMS EXTEND UP TO
11" (28CM) FOR
VERSATILE
CLAMPING
#2775 Soldering Fixture
#2776 Additional Arms
FIXTURE PICTURED WITH 3 ARMS
(STANDARD FIXTURE SOLD WITH TWO ARMS)
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
27
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
X
HORN DISCS
From simple valve and slide adjustment to soldering and overhaul work, these rugged, vise mounted work
fixtures are designed to hold a wide variety of instruments with bell sizes ranging from trumpet and saxophone
on up to french horn and baritone.
SMALL
HORN DISC
The disc itself and the clamps are made from a high density
polyethylene that is both durable and yet lightweight. The ‘kwikclamp’ design allows the horn to be easily mounted or unmounted,
using non-marring supports that safely and securely grip the bell
rim.
The addition of these discs to the shop also eliminates the need
for an assortment of different sized sticks and table legs, as well
as the risk of these mandrels causing damage to the bell pipe.
MEDIUM
HORN DISC
The #2382 Small Horn Disc is designed with three
clamps that adjust to accommodate any instrument
with a bell size up to 8 3/4" in diameter, including:
trumpet
trombone
D saxophone * (soprano, alto, tenor, baritone)
D cornet
D small bell marching horns
The #2381 Medium Horn Disc is designed with four
clamps that adjust to hold instruments with bell size
ranging between 8" up to 15 1/2" in diameter, including:
D
D
* For
saxophones, the Small Horn Disc is primarily
designed for soldering and other body work; for pad
work, key adjustment, etc. see our #2000 Saxophone
Work Fixture .
#2382 Small Horn Disc (order vise mount separately)
HAND TIGHTENED
KNOBS LOCK CLAMPS
IN PLACE
D
D
D
D
D
french horn
baritone or euphonium (front or upright bell)
bass trombone
mellophone
large bell marching horns
#2381 Large Horn Disc (order vise mount separately)
ADJUSTABLE CLAMPS
SLIDE IN OR OUT TO
GRIP BELL RIM
CLAMP CONES AND DISC ARE
MACHINED FROM RUGGED, HIGH
SMALL HORN DISC
DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
SAFE TO INSTRUMENT FINISH
DISC IS NOTCHED OUT TO
ALLOW CLEARANCE OF SAX
BELL KEY LEVERS
LARGE HORN DISC
PLEASE NOTE
Our Horn Discs consist of two parts: the disc as described above and the vise mount
as described on the following page. Each is priced and sold separately.
28
X
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
VISE MOUNTS
With different repair shop setups and needs in mind, we offer three different types
of vice mounts for holding the disc sections of our Horn Discs. All three styles are
designed with a clamping bar that can be securely held in either a standard bench
or floor mount vise or in our #2220 Mighty Mite Vise as pictured below. Discs
attach to the mounts with 1 bolt, making interchanging of discs easy.
BIAXIAL JOINT VISE MOUNT
Our #2383 Biaxial Joint Vise Mount is the most versatile of
our Horn Disc mounts, providing quick and diverse
repositioning capabilities. As shown in the illustration at
right, the biaxial joint allows the disc to move in both 90°
vertical and 360° radial rotation. Simply loosen the tension
lever, position instrument in desired position, and lock lever.
Lever can also be partially tightened to provide clutch like
action.
An excellent work holder for all soldering, assembly, valve,
and dent work. Rugged, sturdy design, the biaxial joint
easily attaches to either small or large discs. 1.0" (25.4mm)
solid steel shaft gets clamped in standard bench vise with
‘V’ jaws or standard pipe vise. Our #2220 Mighty Mite
Mandrel Vise works great as pictured below.
#2383 Biaxial Joint VVise
ise Mount (discs sold separately)
SINGLE AXIS VISE MOUNT
STATIONARY VISE MOUNT
Our #2379 Single Axis Vise Mount provides 360° radial
rotation. Simply loosen the tension lever, rotate disc to
desired position, and lock lever. Lever can also be partially
tightened to provide clutch like action. An excellent work
holder for all soldering, assembly, valve, and dent work.
Rugged, sturdy design, the #2384 Stationary Vise Mount
easily attaches to either small or large discs. Clamps in
standard bench vise or our #2220 Mighty Mite Mandrel
Vise (pictured below).
Rugged, sturdy design, the single axis vise mount easily
attaches to either small or large discs. Clamps in standard
bench vise or our #2220 Mighty Mite Mandrel Vise (pictured
below).
Vise mount dimensions:
Width: 1.0" (25.4mm)
Length: 8.0" (20.3cm)
Vise mount dimensions:
Width: 1.25" (31.75mm)
Length: 8.0" (20.3cm)
#2384 Stationary VVise
#2379 Single Axis VVise
NOW CARR
YING IN ST
CARRYING
STOCK
OCK A
COMPLETE SELECTION OF
GEMEINHARDT AND LEBLANC P
AR
TS
PAR
ARTS
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
29
www.votawtool.com
FLEX MANDRELS
Our Flex Mandrels offer a real improvement over
conventional type table leg sticks. Used for holding
instruments for all types of repairs, our mandrels are
machine tapered from hardwood and then cut and quartered
through the length of the tapered section.
Secured to the clamping end of the mandrel is a rugged
square block of UHMW (ultra high molecular weight
polyethylene plastic) which allows the mandrel to be clamped
tight in any standard bench vise. These are a must item in
any shop.
This unique design allows the sides of the mandrel to flex
as the mandrel comes into contact with the inside of the
instrument bell, and thus provides more contact area
between the bell and the mandrel allowing for a better grip
of the instrument with less chance of the mandrel ballooning
out and damaging the bell pipe.
e
#2235 Flex Mandrel - Trumpet / Cornet
#2236 Flex Mandrel - Trombone
END VIEW
DENT RODS
These dent rods are designed for use with dent balls to
perform a whole variety of dent jobs. Rather than simply
threading the ends of the rods for attaching dent balls we
have fitted them with case hardened threaded inserts.
Should the threads ever become damaged a new insert can
be easily and inexpensively installed rather than having to
replace the entire rod.
AVAILABLE IN 2 SIZES
STANDARD & HEAVY DUTY
The standard 3/4" diameter rod is tapered at one end with
a 3/8-16 threaded insert. The other end is fitted with a 1/213 threaded insert.
1234
1234
1234
The heavy duty 1" diameter rod provides a lot more strength
and much less deflection for heavier jobs such as raking up
dents in a tenor or bari sax crook or a tuba bow. This rod is
tapered at one end with a 1/2-13 threaded insert.
Each size is available in either 12L14 drawn steel or rust
free 304 stainless steel. (A pipe vise works best for holding
any type of dent rod - see our Mighty Mite Vise.)
#2300
#2301
#2302
#2303
Dent
Dent
Dent
Dent
Rod
Rod
Rod
Rod
-
3/4" 12L14 SSteel
teel
3/4" 304 SSttainless SSteel
teel
1" 12L14 SSteel
teel
1" 304 SSttainless SSteel
teel
#2300 / #2301 STANDARD DENT ROD - 3/4" DIAMETER WITH 4' LENGTH
1234
1234
#2302 / #2303 HEAVY DUTY DENT ROD - 1" DIAMETER WITH 4' LENGTH
1234
1234
1234
DENT ROD CLAMPING BLOCKS
Firmly holds and protects dent rods and mandrels when
clamping in bench vise. Both halves of the block are joined
together with a slip-pin design allowing for quick and easy
use. Machined from T6 aluminum.
Two sizes:
Small for 3/8"-1/2" (9.5mm - 12.7mm) diameter rods
Large for 5/8"-3/4" ( 15.9mm - 19.05mm) diameter rods.
CURVED DENT RODS
• Machined from rust free 303
stainless steel
• Work great on all sax necks,
crooks, etc
• Overall length:
approximately 18" (46 cm)
• Both ends threaded 3/8"-16
#2304
#2290 Clamping Block - small
#2291 Clamping Block - large
#2304 Dent Rod - Slight Bend
#2305 Dent Rod - Medium Bend
#2306 Dent Rod - Sharp Bend
#2305
#2306
30
800-894-8665
DENT ROD ELBOWS
These Dent Rod Elbows are designed to work as extensions
on a standard dent rod for changing the angle and position
of the dent ball. Great for sax bow work. Designed to screw
on dent rod with 3/8-16 thread size and use dent balls with
same thread.
3/8-16 THREADS

3/8-16
1234567
1234567
1234567
THREADS
1234567
END VIEW
#2311
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
#2310
#2312
#2310 Dent Rod Elbow 45° angle
#231
THREAD REDUCERS
Our Thread Reducers are designed to allow
the use of dent balls with a thread size that is
different than the dent rod thread size. The
sizes listed indicate
each reducers actual
thread configuration.
For example, if your
dent rod has 3/8-16
threads and you want
to attach a dent ball with
1/2-13 threads, order our #2666 Reducer with
3/8-16 female and 1/2-13 male threads.
All reducers have an overall diameter of .750" (19.05mm).
Overall length of #2660, #2662, #2666, and #2668 is 2.0"
(51mm).
#2664 and #2670 reducers are 4.25" (108mm) long and
tapered down to 0.437" (11mm) diameter.
DENT ROD ELBOWS USED WITH OUR DENT MUSHROOMS ON
PAGE 31 M
AKE AN EXCELLENT DENT REMOVAL TOOL
MAKE
TRUMPET BELL STEM
FLARED MANDREL
Precision machined from steel and designed to cover a
wide range of trumpet models. The profile of the mandrel
is not just a straight taper but flares out near the wider end
to provide good coverage for working out dents between
the first bell brace (bell end) and crook.
#2280 Trumpet Bell SStem
tem Flared Mandrel
#2660
#2662
#2664
#2666
#2668
#2670
Female Threads
Male Threads
Reducer ----- 1/2-13 -------------------- 3/8-16
Reducer ----- 1/2-13 ------------------- 5/16-18
Reducer ----- 1/2-13 -------------------- 1/4-28
Reducer ----- 3/8-16 -------------------- 1/2-13
Reducer ----- 3/8-16 ------------------- 5/16-18
Reducer ----- 3/8-16 -------------------- 1/4-28
PROFILED TO MATCH TRUMPET TAPER & FLARE
SMALL DENT ROD & BALL SET
Our new #2680 Slim Rod & Ball Set is designed for raising
dents in areas that standard dent rods and balls are too
large to fit in. Machined from noncorrosive stainless steel,
the set comes with two rods and a set of six different sized
ball heads with storage case.
The larger rod has an overall length of 30" (7.62cm) and is
tapered from 0.625" (15.87mm) diameter down to 0.375"
(9.52mm). The smaller end is threaded 1/4-28 to accept
any of the six dent ball heads. Perfect for working the entire
length of a trumpet / cornet bell pipe, especially the beginning
of the crook area, as well as trombone bell pipes and other
smaller brass instruments.
The smaller rod has an overall length of 18" (4.57cm) with
a diameter of 0.375" (9.52mm). One end is threaded 1/4-28
and the other end is 3/8-16 threads. Works great for a
variety of dent repairs such as slide pipes in larger brass
instruments, sax necks, tuning slides, etc.
The set of six dent ball heads are nicely machined and
polished and are all threaded 1/4-28.
BALL SET WITH STORAGE CASE
BALL SIZES - DIAMETERS
1.000" (25.40mm)
0.687" (17.42mm)
0.937" (23.79mm)
0.562" (14.25mm)
0.812" (20.62mm)
0.437" (11.07mm)
#2680 Small Dent Rod & Ball Set
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
31
DENT MUSHROOMS
BARI BUDDY BAR
Our Dent Mushrooms offer a new concept in dent ball
design. The profile of a standard dent ball reflects a full
circle, the diameter of which can be no larger than the bore
of the instrument. Because of their unique design, our Dent
Mushrooms offer a profile that reflects the arc or segment
of a circle with a diameter that can be considerably larger
than the instrument's bore, providing a more gradual radius
which in turn offers greater contact area to the instrument.
Because of their size and weight, baritone saxophones are
notorious for taking more than their share of knocks and
dents and because of the upper crook assembly, access to
dents in the main body section is almost impossible. The
Bari Buddy Bar is an ingenious solution to this problem,
giving the repair technician access to the main body section
without disassembling the body sections.

DENT MUSHROOM
STANDARD DENT BALL
OVERLAY VIEW OF STANDARD
DENT BALL WITH DENT MUSHROOM
Machined and polished from 12L14 steel with a 3/8-16
female thread and designed for attachment to a standard
dent rod using one of our Dent Rod Elbows. Excellent for
use with a dent hammer or for raking up dents. Also work
great with slide hammers or any of our pneumatic dent
tools.
DENT MUSHROOM
DENT ROD
DENT ROD ELBOW
Small set of 3:
Diameters:
0.75" (19.05mm) 1.0" (25.4mm) 1.25" (31.75mm)
Large set of 3:
Diameters:
1.5" (38.10mm) 1.75" (44.45mm) 2.0" (50.80mm)
HOW IT WORKS
Depending on where the dent is located, remove the upper
or lower stack keys. Insert the Bari Buddy Bar dent ball into
the horn by either sliding it in through the bell section or
through one of the tone holes.
Insert the threaded end of the support rod into the tone
hole closest to the dent and screw it into one of the two holes
located in the side of the dent ball.
Clamp the vise mount in a standard bench vise. Position
and hold the instrument so that the support rod is pointing
down and insert the support rod into the vise mount hole and
tighten in place with enclosed allen wrench.
As shown below the Bari Buddy Bar is now set up to allow
the technician to push up or hammer out the dent.
Will work in all baritone saxes and cover the main body area
from the bottom bow up to the ‘c’ tone hole. Note that the end
of the dent ball has also been threaded so that it can also be
used on a standard straight dent rod.
#2502 Dent Mushrooms - Small Set of 3
#2503 Dent Mushrooms - Large Set of 3
CAN'T QUITE MAKE
UP YOUR MIND?
If you keep going back to a particular page
in the catalog, wondering whether or not to
try a new tool, please remember our Risk
Free Trial Policy
Policy.
Simply order the item you want and try it for
30 days. If you decide that you don't want it,
whatever the reason, return it to us for either
exchange or a full refund (less freight
charges).
#2210 Bari Buddy Bar
32
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
DENT BALLS
Our new line of dent ball sets offer the technician the finest in dent removal tools. Each ball is precision
machined from quality steel and polished to a high finish. Each set comes equipped with a sturdy polypropylene
stand to keep the balls in neat order and prevent them from rolling around the workbench and getting damaged.
SMALL TEAR DROP
width
1”
7/8”
3/4”
5/8”
length
1 3/8”
1 1/4”
15/16”
7/8”
THREAD SIZE 3/8-16
#2580 Dent Ball Set of 4
LARGE TEAR DROP DENT BALL SET
width
2”
1 3/4”
1 1/2”
1 1/4”
1”
length
3 1/4”
2 7/8””
2 1/4”
1 7/8”
1 1/4”
THREAD SIZE 1/2” - 13
BARREL DENT BALL SET
width
2”
1 3/4”
1 1/2”
1 1/4”
1”
length
2 1/2”
2””
1 1/2”
1 1/8”
3/4”
THREAD SIZE 1/2” - 13
DENT REMOVAL - REBOUND METHOD
Removing a dent by employing the rebound method is a
very quick and effective way of removing sharp dents or
creases from the body of an instrument: a perfect example
being a dent in a sax body caused by a pushed in post.
Mount a standard dent rod (see our Dent Rods on page 29)
in a vise and attach an appropriately sized dent ball. Place
the instrument so that the peak or point of the dent is resting
precisely on the dent ball and check that the distance
between the vise and where the dent rod enters the
instrument body is approximately 10-12". If not, loosen the
vise and adjust the dent rod accordingly.
The dent is now ready to be knocked up. The
process involves two persons,
one to hold the instrument
so that the dent rests
squarely on the dent ball
and the other to strike a
blow to the dent rod using a
heavy mallet. The sharp blow to the
dent rod causes the dent ball to bounce and in doing so will
raise the dent.
The person holding the instrument is responsible for two
things. The first is to make sure that only the dent ball is
making contact with the instrument. In the illustration, for
example, one hand would be placed around the area where
the dent rod enters the instrument at the neck receiver,
making sure that the rod stays centered to the instrument
body and does not come into contact with it as the blow is
delivered. The second responsibility is to keep the peak of
the dent firmly against the dent ball. The other hand,
therefore, should be placed in the area of the thumb hook
exerting downward pressure on the instrument. It's likely
that as pressure is exerted the peak of the dent may want
to slip off of the dent ball. A little persistence may be
necessary to balance the dent on the dent ball. Once this is
achieved, bear down hard enough on the dent ball to put a
little flex on the dent rod.
The second person now strikes the dent rod, coming
straight down with the mallet approximately midway between
the vise and the area where
12
1234567890
1234567890
12
the rod enters the
123
123
instrument. For maximum
STRIKE HERE
123
123
effect the mallet should be
123
123
brought directly down on the
123
1234567890123
1234567890123
top of the rod and then
snapped back immediately
10" - 12"
after contact. Allowing the
mallet to fall and rest on the
rod will deaden the blow. Good results may also be obtained
by swinging the mallet upwards to strike the under side of
the dent rod.
Some practice with an old instrument will quickly show
when a heavy or light blow is needed. Also keep in mind that
the greater the distance between the dent ball and the vise
the greater the bounce of the dent ball. Too great a distance
may result in poor control over keeping the dent ball
contained to the dent area. Too short a distance and the
dent ball will have little bounce and provide little effect.
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
33
FRENCH HORN FLEX ROD

MOVABLE VISE CLAMPING BLOCK
Our #2550 French Horn Flex Rod offers a unique solution
for positioning and driving dent balls inside a french horn
bell pipe. The rod is designed to offer enough flexibility for
reshaping and conforming to the bell's curve, and yet strong
enough to prevent buckling when driving a ball. The rod's
exterior is made of thermal plastic to prevent scratching and
has a 1/4-28 threaded brass ferrule secured to the leading
end.
The rod is fitted with a movable clamping block for securing
in a standard bench vise. Rod diameter is 0.625" (15.87mm)
with an overall length of 50" (1.27m).
Works great with our #2574 Dent Ball Set or our #2555 2560 Flex Extensions.
#2550 FRENCH HORN FLEX ROD
FRENCH HORN
DENT BALL SET
Precision machined using
noncorrosive magnetic
stainless steel
steel, our #2574
Dent Ball Set is primarily
designed for french horn
bell pipes, working the
area of the pipe indicated
in the picture below. The
set includes 16 barrel
shaped
balls
with
diameters
ranging
between .800" (20.32mm)
and 1.175" (29.84mm),
with graduations of 0.025"
(.635mm).
SET IS
DESIGNED
TO WORK
THIS AREA
OF BELL
FLEX EXTENSIONS
Our new Flex Extensions add extra length and flexibility to
standard dent rods and are especially useful with our #2550
French Horn Flex Rod. All extensions are made using a
flexible coiled steel cable with a diameter of 0.250" (6.35mm).
The #2555 , #2556 , and #2557 Extensions are each
designed with 1/4-28 male threads on one end and 1/4-28
female threads on the other. Outside diameter of the female
threaded ferrule is 0.700" (17.78mm)
The #2558, #2559, and #2560 Extension are designed
with a threaded screw and nut for attaching standard barrel
shaped dent balls that have a hole only (hole diameter
needs to be approximately 0.173 " (4.39mm). The other end
has 1/4-28 female threads.
FLEX EXTENSION FOR SCREW ON BALLS
SET COMES IN STURDY
STORAGE CASE WITH LID
We have designed the set so that the radius profile of each
ball remains constant throughout all diameter sizes, allowing
consistent contact area between the ball and the pipe. The
overall length of each ball is 1.0" (25.4mm).
Each ball is machined with 1/4-28 threads, with a 0.173"
(4.39mm) hole running clear through the center. Set comes
in sturdy case with lid.
BALLS PRECISION
MACHINED
FROM MAGNETIC
STAINLESS STEEL
#2574 French Horn Dent Ball Set
#2555 Flex Extension - 4"
FLEX EXTENSION FOR BALLS
WITH HOLE ONLY (NO THREADS)
#2560 Flex Extension - 4" with screw and nut
34
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
SAXOPHONE DENT SYSTEM
Our new #2605 Saxophone Dent System is a uniquely
designed tool for removing dents from the main body
section of alto and tenor saxophones, without having to
remove the lower stack keys
keys.
HOW IT WORKS
The dent rod is clamped in a vise and the flexible cable is
run through the rod and out the front end of the rod. Slide the
neck receiver end of the saxophone onto the dent rod and
then feed the flexible cable through the body of the sax
around the bow and out the bell. (As with any 3/4” dent rod,
it may be necessary to remove the octave vent tube on
altos.)
Select one of the dent balls and screw it onto the end of the
flex coil. Pull the flexible cable back through the rod until the
dent ball fits itself against the end of the dent rod.
A thumb screw on the dent rod secures the cable and locks
the dent ball in place on the dent rod. The technician can
now work the dent out in the traditional manner by either
raking or using a dent hammer.
The set consists of:
Ù dent rod: 4' long, heavy walled, 3/4" diameter steel tube
Ù 65" (1.65m) flexible cable with attached threaded ferrule
thread size 3/8-16
Ù 8 chrome plated dent balls
Ù Sturdy dent ball rack.
DENT BALLS
The dent balls are precision machined and profiled to
provide the best combination for use with either a dent
hammer or for raking. A 3/8-16 threaded hole is machined
into one end of the ball for attachment to the flex coil and the
other end is counterbored (3/4” diameter) to allow the ball
to slide up over the end of the dent rod and lock itself in
place. The standard thread size also allows use of these
dent balls on any size dent rod with 3/8-16 threads.
Set includes six barrel shape balls and two round balls.
Barrel shapes are designed for main body section, diameters
graduate from 1" (25.4mm) through 2" (50.8mm). Length is
1.5" (38.1mm). Round balls are ideal for working bow area
- diameters: 1.5" (37.1mm) and 1.75" (44.45mm).
Each ball is highly polished and then chrome plated
plated,
providing an exceptionally durable and rust free finish. The
hard chrome plate also provides a low friction surface,
allowing for smooth gliding action when raking out a dent.
Set of 8 balls comes with a sturdy rack to keep the balls in
neat order.
#2605 Saxophone Dent Balls & Driver Set
REMOVING STUCK TUNING SLIDES - AN EASY TASK
When it comes to stuck slides, many technician's will do just about anything to avoid having to unsolder the
crook. When a stuck slide cannot be pulled with a minimum of effort, such as with our #2446 Slideknocker
or #2440 D'S T-Slide Knockerouter, it’s often best to reach right for the torch. As outlined below, it’s an easy
job, and will most often save a lot of wasted time, not to mention potential damage and marring of the instrument.
1 Determine if both slide tubes are stuck or just one.; often
the pipe further away from the mouthpiece will not be stuck.
If just one pipe is frozen, heat up the slide ferrule (the sleeve
that connects the crook with the stuck pipe) and with a
clean rag in hand pull the crook and other slide pipe out of
the instrument. If both pipes are frozen heat up both
ferrules and remove crook.
2 Grasp one of our Solder-In Slide Plugs with a pair of
pliers and solder it into the stuck pipe. Cool the plug with
water and work the pipe free by gently twisting the plug
back and forth with pliers or vice grips. If the pipe is really
stuck, use penetrating oil and a little heat - playing the torch
along the receiver to draw the oil up into the pipe.
3 Clean all pipes of dirt and excess solder and make sure
they work freely. Install both pipes back into the instrument
and resolder crook into place. (Before soldering, pull the
inner slide pipe out about 1/4" to prevent solder from getting
onto outer pipe.) Wipe off excess solder and polish and
spot lacquer area if necessary.
SEE OUR SLIDE PULLING TOOLS ON PAGES 49 & 50
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
MOUTHPIPE TAPERED MANDRELS - STRAIGHT MOUTHPIPES
Designed to work on all trumpets, our Straight Mouthpipe Tapered Mandrel and
Driver Set quickly removes dents from any straight mouthpipe. Unlike using short
barrel shape dent balls that can result in swelling and ridging, our mandrels provide
a straight taper over a full 2" (50.8 mm) length, allowing maximum contact area to
the pipe.
Each mandrel is precision machined from quality 12L14 and graduates approximately
0.020" (0.51 mm) in diameter over the 2" length. Diameter sizes range between
0.300" (7.62 mm) and 0.500" (12.7 mm), with a slight overlap of several thousandths
between mandrels to eliminate blind spots.
The driver and mandrels work by removing the main tuning slide and inserting the
driver into the mouthpiece receiver, extending the end of the driver beyond the slide
receiver. A mandrel is then slid over the end of the driver and is held in place by a
finger tightened retaining screw. Pull the mandrel back into the mouthpipe up to dent
area. Severe dents can be ‘roughed’ out by pulling hard on driver to force dent up.
Finish off using a dent hammer. Fast, professional results.
10- 2" (50.8mm) Tapered Mandrels
1-Driver
1- Indexed Storage Rack
#2065 Tapered Mandrel Set - SStraight
traight Mouthpipe
MOUTHPIPE TAPERED MANDRELS - CURVED MOUTHPIPES
Our Curved Mouthpipe Tapered Mandrel and Driver Set is
designed to remove dents from a variety of brass instruments
that have a curved mouthpipe. Unlike the standard barrel
shape dent balls that can result in swelling and ridging, our
mandrels are designed with a straight taper to provide
maximum contact area to restore pipe to its original integrity.
STANDARD DENT BALLS
TAPERED MANDRELS
All mandrels are 1/2" (12.7 mm) in length and are precision
machined and polished from quality 12L14 steel. Each
mandrel graduates approximately 0.005" (0.127 mm) in
diameter over the 1/2" length. The set of 50 mandrels
covers a diameter range between 0.300" (7.62 mm) and
0.550" (13.97 mm).
The driver and mandrels work by removing the main tuning
slide and inserting the flexible driver into the mouthpiece
receiver, extending the end of the driver beyond the slide
receiver. The desired size mandrel is then slid over the end
of the driver and is held in place by the threaded brass
retaining nut. Pull the mandrel back into the mouthpipe and
up to the dent area. Severe dents can be ‘roughed’ out by
pulling hard on driver to force dent up. Finish off using dent
hammer.
50 0.5" (12.7mm) Tapered Mandrels
1 48" (1.22m) Flexible Driver with 'T' Handle
1 Indexed Storage Rack
#2066 Tapered Mandrel Set - Curved Mouthpipe
Designed for the following instruments:
Ùfrench horn
Ùcornet
Ùflugelhorn
Ùmellophone and other
small bore marching horns
Note: not recommended for bell crooks
because they have too tight a radius.
35
36
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
SPRING LOADED DENT BALL DRIVER
Even if you already own a tool for
driving and retrieving dent balls, the
entirely new and different concepts
utilized in the Spring Loaded Dent
Ball Driver provide such a superior
degree of control and ease in the
removal of dents that the tool will
quickly pay for itself both in time saved
and in performance output.
SET SCREW TO ADJUST FLEX
COIL LENGTH AND SPRING
TENSION
HOUSING
RUBBER BELL STOP
ADJUSTABLE FOR ALL
TRUMPET AND CORNET, ETC.
FLEX COIL
(SLIDES THRU HOUSING)
INTERNAL SPRING APPLIES
PRESSURE TO DENT BALL
FLEX COIL
LEG REST CAN BE
REMOVED TO HOLD
UNIT IN BENCH VISE
A look at the illustration shows that
VISE MOUNT IS ADJUSTABLE
dent balls are quickly and easily
DENT BALL IS SECURED TO
FORWARD OR BACK ALONG
attached to the flex coil with a threaded
STAINLESS STEEL CABLE WITH
HOUSING DEPENDING ON
THREADED BRASS FERRULE
brass ferrule (it may be necessary to
TYPE OF JOB BEING DONE
enlarge the holes in your set of dent
balls using an 11/64" drill bit - ask about our drilling jig). The flex coil slides freely through the housing of the tool and is
attached to the spring. The rubber bell stop provides a stable base for the instrument to rest against while the dent is being
worked out.
HOW IT WORKS
Using a trumpet bell crook as an example, the tool’s spring
tension and bell stop are first positioned and set and the
proper size dent ball is attached to the flex coil. The tool is
inserted into the bell pipe until the bell stop is firmly lodged
against the bell flare (see illustration). Before the bell stop
reaches the bell flare, however, two things will have
happened. First, the dent ball will have reached the dent
area and lodged itself against the dent. Next, as the tool is
further pushed inside the bell pipe, the spring will be
engaged and stretched until the bell stop meets the bell
flare.
With the tool’s spring providing forward pressure to the dent
ball the dent is ready to be worked out with a hammer. When
using the Spring Loaded Dent Ball Driver all the technician
needs to worry about is holding the horn against the rubber
Works great on trombone tuning slide crooks. Simply
remove the rubber bell stop and clamp the driver in a
standard bench vise. Adjust the flex coil length and attach
desired dent ball as in Fig. 1. Mount the crook onto the flex
coil, bringing it up to rest against the end of the housing. Use
the black ball knob to push up major dents (Fig. 2) and then
a dent hammer for final removal (Fig. 3). Each time the dent
is raised enough to allow the dent ball to pass, the internal
spring will push the flex
coil and dent ball on
Fig. 1
through the pipe while
the housing and crook
safely remain stationary
to one another.
bell stop while working out the dent. The spring is applying
the desired amount of pressure to the dent. With the tool
either clamped in a vise or by using the leg rest, the horn can
be easily held and moved around in a variety of positions,
allowing the hammer greater and easier access to the dent.
There is no need to worry about some part of the tool
slipping and causing damage to the instrument. And because
the rubber bell stop sets the position of the horn in relation
to the tool , dent balls are more easily “located” inside the
pipe.
Don’t keep buying tools that are awkward to use or that will
only work on a few types of horns or repair situations. Our
driver will work on trumpet/cornet bell crooks, trombone/
euphonium/french horn tuning slides, and practically any
other situation where a dent ball can be used. And its
performance is unsurpassed.
Comes with complete, step by step instructions along with
some important tips on dent removal.
CAN BE USED EITHER MOUNTED IN
STANDARD BENCH VISE OR WITH LEG REST
Fig. 3
Fig. 2
#2040 Spring Loaded Dent Ball Driver
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
FLEX COIL
LOCK SCREW
1234567
1234567
800-894-8665
37
www.votawtool.com
ECONOMY DENT BALL DRIVER
THREADED FERRULE
BELL STOP
HOUSING
123456
123456
Votaw Tool Co.
U.S.A.
FLEX COIL
VISE
MOUNT
FLEX COIL
BELL STOP SPRING
Our Economy Dent Ball Driver offers to the repair
technician an affordable yet efficient and easy to use dent
tool that will work in practically any situation where a dent
ball can be used.
Dent balls are quickly and easily attached to the flex coil
with a threaded ferrule and nut. Simply unscrew the nut,
slip on new dent ball, and screw nut back onto ferrule. Dent
ball remains secured to tool with no chance of it slipping off
inside of instrument. (It may be necessary to enlarge the
holes in your set of dent balls using an 11/64" drill bit.)
Depending upon the location of the dent and type of
instrument being worked on, the amount of flex coil
protruding from the front end of the housing is adjusted and
screw The position of the vise mount in
set with the lock screw.
relation to the housing is also adjustable and locked into
place when the vise mount is secured in the vise.
DENT BALL
As shown in the illustration below the bell stop and bell
stop spring work to keep a trumpet or cornet centered on
the tool when removing dents from the bell crook area. This
unique feature provides safe and secure support for the
horn and prevents the tool from flopping around inside the
bell pipe and also keeps the end of the housing from
running into and damaging the crook area.
For working on trombone handslide crooks, simply slide the
bell stop and spring off of the housing and slide the vise
mount back towards the lock screw
screw. Or for removing dents
from tuning slides, position the vise mount forward toward
the front end of the housing
housing. If the tool needs to be hand
held rather than mounted in a vise, simply slide the vise
mount off of the housing and the tool is ready to use.
Simple to use, comes with complete instructions.
12345
#2320 Economy Dent Ball Driver
DENT HAMMERS
Votaw Tool Company dent hammers reflect over thirty years experience in
dent removal and hammer design, and with the acquisition of our new CNC
Lathe we are able to offer a product designed and machined to exacting
requirements and specifications.
Each hammer is precisely machined to offer a radiused surface that provides
the optimum contact advantages between the hammer face and the instrument.
The heads on all models are machined from noncorrosive, rust free, 304
stainless steel and polished to a mirror finish.
The shafts on our #2125 and #2126 models are made from 6066 T6 aluminum
that aids in providing a good balance to the head. The #2127 & #2128 shafts
are made from 304 stainless steel for heavy duty use and is permanently
welded to the hammer head.
#2125
#2127
All shafts our fitted with a nicely tapered handle, machined from high density
ABS plastic. For technicians who prefer to use a magnet to locate dent balls
we have inset a magnet into the handle’s bottom end.
#2127 DENT
#2127 DENT HAMMER
#2125 DENT HAMMER
This hammer has an overall weight of 2.9 ozs. (82 grams).
Both sides of the head are 3/4” in diameter - with a slight
radius on one side and sharp on the other.
#2126 DENT HAMMER
A slightly lighter hammer with an overall weight of 2.7 ozs.
(77 grams). One side of the head is 3/4” with slight radius
(identical to the #2125) and the other side has a 3/8”
diameter head with a sharp radius for working in tight areas.
#2126
#2128
MAGNET IN HANDLE
l
This hammer weighs in at 5.3 ozs. (150 grams) and is
excellent for heavy dent removal on larger brass instruments,
sax bows etc., giving extra impact to the instrument while
still allowing the technician to maintain short, controlled
hammer strokes. Both sides of the head are 1” in diameter
with a slight radius on one side and sharp on the other.
#2128 DENT HAMMER
Overall weight 5.1 ozs. (143 grams) with large side of head
having a 1” diameter and the small side a 1/2” diameter for
working tight areas. Moderate radius on both sides.
38
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
MODULAR DENT ROLLER SYSTEM
Our Modular Dent Roller system offers the most complete and versatile assortment of dent roller tools
available. What makes our rollers unique is that they are made up of two separate parts: a bearing module
and a mandrel. The bearing module gets clamped in a vise and a mandrel is than secured to the module.
All of the mandrels and cones (see next page) are precision machined and patterned to cover the wide
spectrum of bell shapes and sizes. Each bearing module is heavily constructed and fitted with precision
ball bearings and as shown below the mandrel simply slides into a socket and secured in place with a set
screw. Our bearing modules also offer several different designs with regards to the type of vise it can be
sed in as well as offering the option for holding one, two, or four mandrels.
The real attractive feature to our system is its adaptability to various shop needs. A beginning shop can
get started with the #2251 Bearing Module and #2261 or #2262 Mandrel - a universal setup that can be
used in a wide variety of applications. As the shop grows, more mandrels and cones can be easily and
economically added. For the professional shop, our Double and Quad Bearing Modules provide an
excellent “dent rolling station”.
BEARING MODULES
UNIVERSAL BEARING MODULE
SIDE VIEW
j
1 1/4”
DIAMETER
MANDRELS INSERT HERE AND
LOCK IN PLACE WITH SET SCREW
j
CAN BE CLAMPED IN A STANDARD
BENCH VISE EQUIPPED WITH EITHER
FLAT JAWS (FIG. A) OR A WITH BOTH
FLAT AND PIPE JAWS (FIG. B). ALSO
WORKS GREAT IN OUR #2220 MIGHTY
MITE MANDREL VISE.
#2251 Bearing Module - Single
PIPE JAWS BEARING MODULE
FRONT VIEW
(mounted in vise)
V
I
S
E
FIG. A
J
A
W
S
V
I
S
E
FIG. B
J
A
W
S
DOUBLE BEARING MODULE
1”
j
DIAMETER
Clamps in standard pipe vise, our #2220 Mighty
Mite Mandrel Vise, or our #2031 Dent Center.
Clamps in standard vise
(see Figs. A & B above).
Holds two mandrels.
#2254 Bearing Module - Double
#2250 Bearing Module - Single
QUAD BEARING MODULE
TOP VIEW
QUAD TURRET BEARING MODULE
Head rotates either direction
360°. Single lock down lever
secures position.
TOP VIEW
j
j
Clamps in standard vise (see Figs. A & B above).
Holds up to four mandrels.
#2255 Bearing Module - Quad
Clamps in standard vise (see Fig. A above).
#2256 Bearing Module - Quad Turret
j
j
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
39
www.votawtool.com
ROLLERS & CONES
All mandrels are precision machined and polished from high quality steel and are
designed for rolling out dents in the flare and throat areas of the bell.
10"
.75"
6"
1.25"
MANDRELS
#2260 6" x 3/4" Roller Mandrel
#2262 10" x 1 1/4" Roller Mandrel
.75"
10"
3"
.375"
8"
.5"
2"
#2261 10" x 3/4" Roller Mandrel
#2259 3" x 2" Concave Roller Mandrel
#2263 8" Tapered Roller Mandrel
All cones are machined from a high grade of polyethylene
(UHMW) and are designed for the rim and flare area of the
bell. Note that cones are designed to be used by sliding onto
a 3/4” mandrel (#2260 or #2261). The concave shapes
(#2266 and #2267) are intended primarily for use as a
backup surface when burnishing.
3"
4"
#2266 4" x 3" Concave
4"
Roller Cone
6"
.5"
2"
1"
CONES
#2265 4" x 2” Roller Cone
1"
3"
6"
6"
2"
6"
2"
6"
#2267 6" x 6" Concave Roller Cone
TWO EXAMPLES OF MODULAR DENT ROLLER SETUPS
#2262
Mandrel
#2260
Mandrel
#2254 Bearing Module
#2261
Mandrel
#2264
Cone
#2268
Cone
40
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
TRIPLE TURRET MODULE
Performing dent work on bell flares and pipes usually requires
the technician to use a combination of different shapes and
sizes of roller mandrels and cones. Our #2257 Triple Turret
Module is designed to provide quick, easy access to three
different mandrels or cones without having to keep mounting
and unmounting mandrels from the vise. Simply loosen the
lock down mechanism and rotate the turret either direction to
bring the desired mandrel into position.
The turret is constructed
with three heavy duty,
precision roller bearing
units, each fitted with a
0.750" (19.05mm) socket
and set screw for attaching
any of our large selection
of roller mandrels or
cones.
The entire module is designed with a 1.0" (25.4mm) diameter
solid steel rod for mounting in a pipe style vise or standard
bench vise with 'V' blocks. Pictured is the module mounted
in our #2220 Mighty Mite Mandrel Vise.
OPTIONAL
BENCH MOUNT
The Triple Turret Module is also an ideal companion to our
#2031 Dent Center. Dents can be burnished out using the
#2262 1.25" Roller Mandrel and then simply rotate the
turret to use the #2264 Roller Cone to roll out flat spots or
creases, and then switch right back for more burnishing.
As an option, we offer our #2258 Bench Mount for securing
the Turret Module directly to the workbench surface,
leaving your vise free for other uses. The bench mount is
designed to be bolted directly to the workbench and the
turret module simply attaches to it when needed or stored
away when not in use.
#2257 Triple Turret Module
#2258 Bench Mount
TITAN DENT ROLLER
After numerous customer requests, we are glad to offer our new Titan Dent Roller. With
an overall length of 34" (86.4cm), the roller itself measures 20" (51cm) in length, a size
sufficient for rolling out dents in the largest of bells while allowing good penetration into
the bell throat. The roller diameter is 1.5" (38.1mm), providing a nice broad rolling
surface often needed for the more gradual flares of larger bells.
1.5"
20"
Made from rust free stainless steel, the roller is highly polished and fitted
to a 0.75" (19.05mm) vise mount shaft using precision roller bearings
to allow for smooth rolling action. The leading end of the roller is fitted
with a radiused ABS plastic nose, eliminating any sharp edges.
#2242 Tititan
an Dent Roller
TROMBONE HANDSLIDE REPAIR GUIDELINES
The following offers a broad overview of the steps involved
with handslide repair.
A handslide should generally work perfectly if all of the
following conditions are met:
1) Clean pipes thoroughly.
h all pipes are clean, dent free, and in-round
2) Remove all dents and bring pipes back into round using
a handslide mandrel with our #2070 Lever Action Dent
Roller .
h all pipes are straight
3) Check pipes for straightness using the #2075 Straight
Edge. Our #2090 Safety Rods are a help when
straightening pipes.
h outer pipes are parallel
4) Check pipes for skew and alignment using the #2076
Levelling Block . Our #2077 Bending & Holding
Mandrels work great for realigning inner slide pipes.
h inner pipes are parallel
h distance between center line of each inner pipe equals
the distance between center line of each outer pipe
SEE PAGES 46 & 47 FOR COMPLETE
SELECTION OF HANDSLIDE TOOLS
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
41
www.votawtool.com
UNIVERSAL DENT SOLDIER
The Universal Dent Soldier is one of the most versatile
and useful tools for dent work currently on the market.
Because of its rolling action, the tool's most outstanding
feature is its performance as a hand burnisher. It far
surpasses that of a regular burnishing iron, providing smooth,
even control as the dent is worked out. Why invest in
numerous tools when one will do the job of many. This is a
must item in any shop that does brass repair.
5 WAY DENT TOOL
SEE ILLUSTRATIONS BELOW
1 Grasp a roller in each hand to use the center
burnishing out dents.
2 Grasp the center and tapered end of the shaft to use roller
for rolling out dents.
3 Grasp a roller in each hand and use the tapered end to
burnish in tight areas such as between trumpet bell pipe
and mouth pipe or around bell rim area.
ÙBoth rollers and the entire shaft are made of rust
free 304 Stainless Steel.
4 Clamp the center of shaft in a vise* and use as a dent
roller.
ÙEach roller is 1 1/4" in diameter by 4" in
length and contains 2 precision
bearings. End caps machined from
ABS plastic are fully radiused to
eliminate sharp edges.
5 Clamp roller in a vise* and use tapered end as a dent
roller.
*Pipe style soft jaws are recommended - see our #2220
Mighty Mite Vise with #2222 Upper Jaw.
ÙThe highly polished shaft is 1/2" in diameter tapering
down to a fully radiused 1/4" end.
ÙOverall length is 22".
1
#2240
2
3
IN ST
OCK !
STOCK
COMPLETE SELECTION OF
GEMEINHARDT AND
LEBLANC P
AR
TS
PAR
ARTS
for
4
Universal Dent Soldier
5
NOW ACCEPTING ALL MAJOR
CREDIT OR DEBIT CARDS:
VISA
MASTERCARD
DISCOVER
AMEX
CHECK OUT OUR WEB SITE AT
www.votawtool.com
FOR COMPLETE UP TO DA
TE PRODUCT LISTING AND PRICES
DATE
EASY ON LINE ORDERING
42
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
DEAD BLOW SLIDE HAMMER
Our new Dead Blow Slide Hammer is a versatile tool designed for
removing dents from sax bodies as well as making an excellent puller
for stuck tuning slides.
'Dead Blow' mallets or hammers have been around in the machinist's
industry for years and are designed with a hollowed out head that is filled
with lead shot. At the moment of impact, the forward momentum of the
lead shot eliminates any bounce or rebound of the hammer head off of
the surface being struck.
COMPLETE SETUP WITH STORAGE CASE
By adopting this same principle to our slide hammer, we have filled the
'slider' of our tool with lead shot, and the result provides a great improvement
for dent removal. Anyone who has used a slide hammer for removing dents
has experienced the bounce of the dent ball against the instrument at the
moment of impact.
Our dead blow slide hammer works to greatly reduce this bounce, keeping
the dent ball centered on the peak of the dent while delivering a more
forceful, solid blow to raise the dent.
1 Main Hammer Section
2 'J' Hooks
1 'L' Hook - for levelling tone holes
1 Straight Rod - allows for a 'push'
rather than a 'pull' motion for
removing dents situated opposite a
tone hole.
1 Hook & Rope for pulling stuck tuning
slides
1 Set of 3 #2502 Dent Mushrooms
1 Storage Case
The two 'J' Hooks are designed to position the peak or working area of the
dent mushroom 'in-line' with the main shaft of the hammer section, thus
allowing 100% of the impact and driving force to go straight forward. Other
available slide hammers have extension arms that are offset, causing the
entire tool to deflect off center at the moment of impact and resulting in a loss
of both control and power.
The main hammer section of the tool is designed
so that attachments can be connected to either
end, allowing the profiled hand grip to be positioned
either close to the instrument body for better control
or further away for greater impact.
'L' HOOK ALLOWS ACCESS
RIGHT UP TO THE EDGE
OF TONE HOLES
#2650 Dead Blow Slide Hammer
#2651 Dead Blow Slide Hammer (without Dent Mushroom Set)
WORKS GREAT FOR PULLING
STUCK TUNING SLIDES
LAPPING PISTONS
What generally causes a piston to not operate freely is
either a dent in the valve casing (usually caused by a sharp
object striking the outside of the casing) or a hard blow to
some part of the instrument that may cause either distortion
around the ports or a brace to push into the casing wall. If
no damage has been done to the casing, then the piston
itself is probably bent or damaged in some way.
There are various methods employed in the industry for
correcting these problems and as a general rule the best of
these methods adhere to one very important principle: the
less metal removed from either the casing or the piston the
better.
If the casing is dented attempts should be made to safely
raise or knock the dent out. Straightening of slide pipes
may help to true up a distorted port. Bent or damaged
pistons must be straightened, repaired or replaced. Only
after these avenues have been thoroughly pursued should
any cutting of the metal be done. If the piston is close to
performing properly, lapping compound should be used to
remove the remaining amount of metal at the trouble area.
(See our #3090 Diamond Valve Lapping Compound on
page 67.)
If more aggressive cutting needs to be done scrapers or
reamers are generally used. The cautious technician,
however, will cut or scrape away only enough metal to get
the piston working close and then remove the last bit of
metal with lapping compound. The actual lapping itself is
an easy process and will provide truly professional results.
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
43
www.votawtool.com
DENT CENTER
Our innovative Dent Center presents a breakthrough in the
area of bell dent removal. Anyone who has done bell work
using a conventional burnisher knows the difficulty
encountered with trying to hold and position the horn while
at the same time working the dent out with a burnisher; a
task which often requires the assistance of a second person
or an awkward arrangement of ropes or crutches. The Dent
Center is designed to allow one person to easily remove
dents from any
size bell from
trumpet
to
sousaphone.
Equipped with a
unique lever
burnishing
rod which is
anchored at
one end to a
universal pivot
joint, the Dent
Center utilizes the increase in force that a lever generates,
allowing the technician to exert a tremendous amount of
force to the dent with just one hand on the burnisher. The
other hand remains free to hold and control the positioning
of the horn.
The burnishing rod, made from 3/4" diameter drill rod, is 24"
in length and designed to be used either by itself or with one
of two attachments: a roller and a bell rim shoe. For
aggressive burnishing action where the technician needs to
really move metal around (such as overhaul work) the
burnishing rod by itself can easily meet the task. For most
play condition work as well as for when care to the
instrument's lacquer or plated finish is needed, simply slide
the roller over the burnishing rod to 'roll' rather than
'burnish' the dents out.
BACKUP RECEIVER
ROLLER
BELL RIM SHOE
The roller measures 6" in
length with a 1 1/4" diameter
and is made from seamless,
drawn steel tubing and
equipped with quality needle
bearings for smooth operation
and control. For removing
dents from the area around
the bell rim, the bell rim shoe
easily attaches to the burnishing rod and provides excellent
burnishing control right up to the edge of the rim.
The two extension arms of the Dent Center can be easily
adjusted and locked into position to accommodate bell
sizes ranging from trumpet to sousaphone. And the height
of the burnishing lever's pivot point can also be quickly
adjusted up or down over a 9" range.
For a backup surface (the area that supports the instrument
against the burnisher), the Dent Center uses a 10" x 1 1/
4" diameter roller (our #2262 Modular Dent Roller with
Module) that provides a smooth, gliding
action for moving and repositioning the instrument. Other
types of backup surfaces also work quite well, such as a bell
iron or other various shaped mandrels or rollers. (Note: we
offer the Dent Center with or without 10" x 1 1/4" roller and
bearing module). Backup surfaces can be easily mounted
or unmounted from the backup receiver (see below) adapters and reducers are available that will allow the use
of irons or mandrels that require a different clamping setup,
such as a Ferree bell iron or a bell flare mandrel.
The Dent Center can be mounted in a standard vise with
pipe jaws (our #2220 Mighty Mite Vise works great). Can
be used either left or right handed. Solidly built for heavy
duty operation. Comes with complete, step by step
instructions.
designed to take up to
a 1" diameter mount
BELL IRON USED AS
A BACKUP
SURFACE
c
c
UNIVERSAL
PIVOT JOINT
ROLLER
ROD HANGAR
burnishing rod rests in hangar
and can be swung out of the
BURNISHING ROD
way when not in use
c
c
EXTENSION ARMS
c
c
#2030 Dent Center
#2031 Dent Center w/out 10" Roller & Bearing Module
44
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
ENFORCER
The Enforcer is an air operated tool designed for removing
dents in any situation where a dent rod and ball can be used.
The principle underlying this tool's operation is similar to
'rebounding' or 'knocking up', an effective practice used by
technician's for years. As shown in the illustration, the
dented area of the instrument is set against the dent ball. A
sharp blow is then delivered to the dent rod by means of the
pneumatic cylinder, which the technician triggers with a foot
switch.
Ù Requires minimal air supply 100 psi at very low cfm.
Ù Dent rod is 5' (1.52m) long and threaded at both ends to
work with both 3/8-16 and 1/2-13 dent balls (dent balls not
included). The end with the smaller thread size is tapered.
Ù Easily mounts in a standard vise and can be hung on a
wall or stored away when not in use.
Ù Constructed with heavy gauge steel and solidly built for
years of trouble free operation.
5' (1.52
m ) DENT ROD
(1.52m
AIR PRESSURE
DIAL GAUGE
GREAT IMPROVEMENT ON OLD TECHNIQUE
The old style of 'rebounding' was always rather limited in
use; control over the amount of 'bounce' was difficult to
govern, not to mention that the procedure was best done
with two people (one to hold the instrument and the other to
deliver the blow). Besides only needing one person, the real
advantage of the Enforcer is in the precise regulation over
the amount of force directed to the dent. A quick turn of a
knob will adjust this force from a minute tap for knocking up
small dents to a really powerful blow that will easily raise a
dent in a guard covered sax bow (without removing the
guard). Whether working on saxophones or tubas, the
Enforcer delivers superior results in dent removal.
Equipped with regulator, filter, dial pressure gauge, 8'
(2.44m) flexible air line with a quick disconnect coupler, and
sturdy foot switch.
Try it out for our 30 Day Risk Free Trial Period.
#2450 Enforcer Pneumatic Dent Tool
AIR REGULATOR KNOB
(LIFT AND TURN TO ADJUST)
123
123
123
VISE MOUNT
AIR CYLINDER & 'HAMMER' DELIVERS UPWARD
BLOW AGAINST DENT ROD
AIR FILTER
AIR LINE TO FOOT PEDAL CONNECTION
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
45
www.votawtool.com
ELIMINATOR
The Eliminator is an air driven dent tool designed for
working the bow and main body section of saxophones.
Based on the principle of the slide hammer technique, the
Eliminator works by approaching the dent through a tone
hole and activating the pneumatic ‘hammer’ to raise the
dent.
SIMPLE TO USE
¾ Attach the appropriate hook extension and dent
mushroom to the Eliminator.
ACTIVATING
SWITCH
AIR LINE
¾ Insert the hook extension through the tone hole and
position the dent mushroom against the dent.
¾ Push the activating switch to raise dent.
ONE HAND OPERATION
Designed to be held and operated with only one hand either left or right. The other hand is left free to hold and
steady the instrument.
CONTROLLED POWER
When a really hard knock is needed simply adjust the air
flow regulator to maximum position. The Eliminator is
designed with enough power to raise large bow dents
without unsoldering the guard. To level tone holes or peck
up small dents simply adjust the regulator for a light tap.
The unit comes complete with two 'J
J' extensions, one 'L
L'
extension, and three dent mushrooms (see #2502 Dent
L' extension works great for
Mushrooms on page 31). The 'L
working and levelling the area around tone holes.
INTERCHANGEABLE
EXTENSIONS
DENT
MUSHROOM
'L' Hook allows access
right up to the edge of
tone holes
Equipped with regulator, filter, dial pressure gauge, and 8'
flexible air line with a quick disconnect coupler. Requires
minimal air supply of 100 psi at very low cfm.
Solid design and construction provides years of trouble free
service. The housing has a tough, black crinkled powder
coat finish for a sure grip.
#2470 Eliminator Pneumatic Dent Tool
COMES COMPLETE WITH TWO ''J'' EXTENSIONS, ONE ''L''
EXTENSION, AND ONE SET OF #2502 DENT MUSHROOMS
46
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
TROMBONE HANDSLIDE REPAIR TOOLS
The trombone handslide tools found in this section provide the repair technician a complete handslide
repair system. This system, which features our Handslide Lever Action Dent Roller, has been
taught at various clinics around the world and covers the full range of handslide repair, from dent
removal to the straightening and aligning of pipes.
HANDSLIDE LEVER ACTION DENT ROLLER
Our Lever Action Dent Roller presents a totally new concept
and approach to trombone handslide dent removal. This is
the tool that drew all the attention when it was first introduced
at the 1991 NAPBIRT Convention and since has been
demonstrated and sold with great success at the International
Musikmesse Convention in Frankfurt, Germany, as well as
various other national and international clinics.
can be applied by using two hands with a conventional
burnishing tool. And your other hand is free to rotate and
hold the slide in any position. No longer do you need to
balance the slide in one position while trying to hold and
bear down with enough pressure on the burnisher. Further,
a conventional burnisher generally necessitates the use of
a crutch to support the end of the slide and mandrel
because of the straight downward pressure being exerted.
In using the Lever Action Dent Roller any need for a crutch
is completely eliminated as is the chance of bending slide
mandrels. Comes with very complete instructions as well as
a complete, detailed procedural guide to handslide repair.
Designed for removing dents and rounding out handslide
pipes, this tool’s most exclusive feature is the lever action
which provides with the use of just one hand a tremendous
amount of pressure at the dent area, far more pressure than
12
1234567
1234567
12
ALUMINUM
ROLLER
12
12
12
12
12
12
1234567890
1234567890
k
POLYETHYLENE
ROLLER
k
Please do not confuse
this tool with other 'roller type' tools that
get clamped in a vise. These other tools
require the handslide to be held against
the tool (as opposed to holding the tool
against the handslide), they cannot
deliver anywhere near the amount of
controlled pressure to the dent, and
attempting to do so can easily cause
damage to the pipe.
ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION
Practically the entire tool is made from
quality 6061 T6 aluminum to provide
strength and durability while maintaining
a light weight for ease of operation.
ROLLERS
Each roller has been machined with a concave radius for
restoring roundness to slide pipes and fitted with precision ball
bearings, providing ultra smooth performance and control.
IMPORTANT NOTE: With this tool it is necessary to use a steel
mandrel with a diameter that comes within .015" (.397mm) of
the inside diameter of the slide pipe being worked on. See our
#2080 Trombone Handslide Mandrel Set below.
#2070 Trombone Handslide Lever Action Dent Roller
HANDSLIDE MANDRELS
SMOOTH RADIUS
12
EACH MANDREL IS
NUMBER INDEXED FOR
EASY IDENTIFICATION
This is the finest quality set of trombone hand slide mandrels that is available on the market.
Made from Precision Ground Drill Rod, each finely polished mandrel holds a diameter and
roundness tolerance of ±.0005" - qualities that far surpass rods made from ordinary high
carbon steel.
Each mandrel also has a full radius machined and polished into one end to prevent snagging
while inserting into badly dented slide pipes and to prevent putting ridges in the crook area. The
#2080 set consists of 12 mandrels, each 36" in length with diameters graduating in size by
approximately .015" (.397mm). Designed to cover the full range of slide sizes, the set includes:
#1
#2
#3
#4
.4219"
.4375"
.4531"
.4688"
10.7156mm
11.1125mm
11.5094mm
11.9062mm
#5
#6
#7
#8
MORE MANDREL SIZES ON PAGE 47
PROTECT YOUR MANDRELS WITH OUR MESH SLEEVE ON PAGE 67
.4844"
.5000"
.5156"
.5313"
12.3031mm
12.7000mm
13.0969mm
13.4938mm
#9
#10
#11
#12
.5469"
.5625"
.5781"
.5938"
13.8906mm
14.2875mm
14.6844mm
15.0812mm
#2080 Trombone Handslide Mandrel Set
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
47
www.votawtool.com
TROMBONE HANDSLIDE REPAIR TOOLS
CUSTOM GROUND HANDSLIDE MANDRELS
HANDSLIDE MANDREL RACK
The sizes of mandrels offered in our #2080 set have always been
the standard sizes available in the musical instrument repair
industry, the reason being that these sizes are also standard
throughout the entire manufacturing industry and are thus easily
available. Sizes that fall in between these standard sizes must be
custom ground. Votaw Tool Co. has made the investment to now
offer our customers mandrels that have been precision ground
to our specifications to fit the more popular slide pipes that have
an ‘in-between’ size. Made with the same material and precision
features as our #2080 set, including full radius end. No matter
how you go about tackling slide repair, these mandrels will make
working on any of these models a faster and easier process. We
have sold hundreds of these mandrels and customers are
always telling us they are a great addition to the shop.
The #2082 mandrel has a diameter of 0.539" (13.69mm) and is
designed for use on the following models:
Bundy
Jupiter 332, 432
Conn 16H, 18H (old style)
Selmer TB300, 1523
Holton TR 602
Yamaha YSL-354
The #2083 mandrel has a diameter of 0.585" (14.86mm) and is
designed for use on the following models:
Bach 42, 42B
Jupiter 536RL, 636L
Conn 8H, 88H
King 4B, 5B
Getzen 451, 1047
Yamaha
Holton
YSL-648, YSL-681,
TR150, TR158, TR159,
YSL-682, YSL-446G,
TR160, TR680
YSL-447G, YSL-448G
#2082 Trombone Handslide Mandrel 0.539” (13.69mm)
#2083 Trombone Handslide Mandrel 0.585” (14.86mm)
STRAIGHT EDGE
Our #2075 Straight Edge is the perfect
tool for checking the straightness of
slide pipes. Machined perfectly flat from
6061 T6 aluminum, the straight edge
cross piece measures 19" across and is
secured to a steel vise mounting vertical
bracket. This design allows the tool to be
clamped in a standard bench vise, putting
the horizontal straight edge at eye level.
#2075 Straight Edge
RONNY'S SAFETY RODS
Have you ever been straightening a badly bent slide pipe and SNAP! - the slide buckles and must be replaced. Ronny's
Safety Rod is a high density, thermoplastic rod that inserts into
the slide before bending and greatly reduces this risk. Two
diameter sizes for inner and outer pipes, the 30" long rods are
strong 1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901
enough to provide support but flexible enough to not
restrict1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901
bending.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901
#2090 Ronny's Safety Rods (p
air)
(pair)
Keep handslide mandrels in neat order
with this beautifully made rack.
Constructed from solid oak, this sturdy
rack can be mounted either vertically on a
wall or positioned horizontally above or
below a workbench. Now holds 16
mandrels.
#2081 Trombone Handslide
Mandrel Rack
LEVELING BLOCK
Designed for aligning both inner and outer slide pipes,
our #2076 Leveling Block is constructed using heavy
plate glass enclosed in a wood case. Two steel riser
blocks machined perfectly flat set on either end of the
glass. Slide pipes are set on the riser blocks to determine
skew or twist.
Works great for soldering and reassembly work. When
soldering, simply position the area receiving the heat
off of either end of the block (as shown in picture).
#2076
Leveling Block
PLEASE NOTE
Granite blocks that are sold for handslide work are designed
to check pipes for straightness, alignment, and to aid in
reassembly. While granite provides a flat surface, it is quite
costly as well as heavy and cumbersome. To perform these
same procedures we offer our #2075 Straight Edge and
#2076 Levelling Block.
Light weight and machined perfectly flat, our Straight Edge
is designed to check pipe straightness and is easy to
position at eye level by clamping in a standard bench vise.
Our Levelling Block works great for alignment and assembly
work and can be easily stored away when not in use.
SEE HANDSLIDE REPAIR TIPS ON PAGE 40
BENDING AND
HOLDING MANDRELS
This is a set of 2 steel mandrels that are machined and
tapered to fit inside the bell receiver and mouthpiece
ends of the inner slide pipes, providing firm, solid
control for bending and realigning pipes that are
skewed. Each mandrel is also machined to be clamped
firmly in a vise so that one mandrel can hold one pipe
stationary while the other is hand held for bending.
#2077
Bending and Holding Mandrels
MOUTHPIECE SIDE
BELL SIDE
48
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
VALVE BURNISHING & LAPPING TOOL
Our #2510 Valve Burnishing & Lapping Tool is a safe
and easy to use method for removing dents and high spots
in piston type valve casings. The tool consists of a brass
‘barrel’ whose diameter matches that of the piston, a 'T'
handle that inserts in one end of the barrel, and an
expansion pin that goes in the other end. The barrel is
placed inside the valve casing and positioned so that the
barrel’s center is in the approximate area of the dent.
A 'T' wrench is inserted in the other end of the valve casing
and used to turn the expansion pin and thus slightly expand
the barrel. Using the 'T' handle, the barrel is then rotated by
hand to burnish and raise the dent or distorted area. For many
jobs this is all that is required; when further action is needed,
such as with tight fitting valves lapping compound can be
applied to the barrel to lap the valve in and finish the job.
Tool consists of four parts - note that barrels are ordered separately.
'T' HANDLE
EXPANDABLE
BRASS BARREL
EXPANSION
PIN
'T' WRENCH
SEE P
AGE
D IA M O 6 7 F O R O U R
L A P P IN N D V A L V E
G COM
POUN
D
#2510 Valve Burnishing & Lapping Tool
A WORD ABOUT ADJUSTABLE TYPE VALVE TOOLS
Includes 'T' Handle, Expansion Pin, 'T' Wrench, and
There are basically two types of adjustable valve tools that
complete instructions. Barrels sold separately - see below. have been around for years: reamers and burnishers
burnishers. Reamer
type tools utilize sharp cutting edges that can easily lead to
INDIVIDUAL TOOL PARTS:
perilous results and few jobs require such aggressive metal
#251
#2513 'T' W
rench
#25111 'T' Handle
Wrench
removal. Burnishing type tools typically employ a brass ‘barrel’
that can be adjusted so that its diameter matches the piston
#2512 Exp
ansion Pin
Expansion
diameter and is used to lap or burnish the casing walls.
BARRELS
Although the adjustable feature of the burnishing type
Barrels are precision machined so that at zero expansion
lends itself well to instruments with various sized valve casings,
they are the exact size of the piston diameter. Please
the manner in which the barrel expands creates a significant
specify outside diameter of piston (not inside diameter of
drawback in its use. The barrel is designed with evenly spaced
casing) to within a thousandth of an inch (.000”) - this is the
slots that run along its length and expansion occurs by tightening
size barrel you will receive. Barrels are marked for easy
a tapered pin which causes the barrel’s walls to bulge outwards.
identification and are available up to 1.0” diameter. If you
Because the expansion occurs at the barrel’s center, however,
are unsure of piston diameter provide us with the make
it becomes egg shaped. The more the expansion the greater
and model of the instrument or send us the piston and we
the bulge and the less the area of contact between the barrel
will return it with your order.
and the casing wall. When the barrel is forced against the high
spot in the casing wall it will want to deflect away from the high
#2515 Exp
andable Barrel (under 0.687")
Expandable
spot and put an unwanted concentrated pressure on the
#2515A
Exp
andable Barrel (0.687" to 0.750")
#2515AExp
Expandable
opposite side of the casing.
#2515B
Exp
#2515BExp
Expandable
Typical burnishing tools that are found on the market are
#2515C
Exp
andable Barrel (0.875" to .937")
#2515CExp
Expandable
sold as one size fits all. A trumpet barrel for example is
#2515D
Exp
#2515DExp
Expandable
expected to cover a range of 40 to 50 thousandths of an inch.
specif
The barrels that we offer are cut to a diameter within 0.001" of
y
d i a m e e x ac t the piston diameter and thus require very slight expansion,
ter w
o r d e r i h e n providing maximum contact area along the casing walls. This
design has been so successful that most repairs can be
ng
performed by burnishing alone, eliminating the need for further
lapping with a compound.
COMMON PISTON SIZES FOR TRUMPET/CORNET
MFR.
MODEL
PISTON O.D.
Bach ................ Stradivarius .............................. .665"
Bach ................ TR300, 1530 ........................... .650"
Benge ................................................................ .658"
Blessing ............................................................. .645"
Buescher ......... new (after 1965) ...................... .650"
Buescher ......... old (before 1965) ..................... .682"
Bundy ................................................................ .650"
Conn .................................................................. .682"
Conn ................ 16A .......................................... .665"
Conn ................ 19A (Japanese) ....................... .664"
Couesnon .......................................................... .668"
Getzen ............................................................... .650"
MFR.
MODEL
PISTON O.D.
Holton .............. New U.S.A. .............................. .660"
Holton .............. Japanese ................................. .664"
Jupiter ............................................................... .649"
King ................. New ......................................... .660"
King ................. Cleveland ................................. .661"
Leblanc .............................................................. .660"
Olds ................. before 1990 ............................. .665"
Olds ................. NA10........................................ .658"
Olds ................. NA10G ..................................... .650"
Olds ................. NA10M ..................................... .645"
Schilke ............................................................... .645"
Yamaha ............................................................. .664
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
49
SLIDE KNOCKER
This handy slide removing tool works great for tapping out slightly
stuck tuning slides - especially ones that have a crook with a tight
A or B) of
radius. Designed to work like a slide hammer, either side (A
the ‘T’ end of the tool is set against the inner side of the crook and the
‘slider’ is run up against one of the stops to knock out slide. The width
of side A has been machined down to fit in especially tight areas. Can
be used in either direction; i.e., to push or pull against the crook.
A
k l
slider
B
#2446 Slide Knocker
OVERALL LENGTH - 12" (30.5
cm
(30.5cm
cm))
SOLID BRASS CONSTRUCTION
D'S T-SLIDE KNOCKEROUTER
Local Springfield technician, Duane Lewis,
designed and manufactured these handy tools
used for removing slightly stuck tuning slides.
The seven different sizes are shaped and
contoured to cover practically all tuning slides
from trumpet and cornet on up to sousaphone.
#2440 D's T-Slide Knockerouter
Simple to use - place contoured end against
inner surface of slide crook and lightly tap with
mallet. Made from solid oak, the end is
cushioned with rubber to protect against
damaging crook. Set of seven.
SOLDER-ON DENT KNOCKER KIT
Our Solder-On Dent Knocker Kit is designed to pull up dents
which are either impractical or impossible to get to with a dent ball.
When a length of pipe has been badly dented at an area that would
require unwanted disassembly of the horn to make use of a dent ball
or mandrel (the upper crook of baritone sax is a good example), our
Dent Knocker can be used to raise the dent enough to restore the
pipe to its approximate original dimensions.

SHAFT AND TIP BUILT
FROM SOLID BRASS
Or when a crook or pipe is so smashed in that even the smallest dent
ball can't be used to start to raise the dent, the Dent Knocker can
be used to pull the dent up enough so that a
dent ball can take over the job.
Sturdily built from rust free noncorrosive
materials. Comes complete with 3 different
tip shapes, slider weight and wood stand.
SLIDER WEIGHT AND STOP
MACHINED FROM
NONCORROSIVE STAINLESS
STEEL
WEIGHT SLIDES UP AGAINST
STOP TO HAMMER DENT UP
TIP GETS SOLDERED TO PIPE
DENTED PIPE
#2390 Solder-On Dent Knocker Kit
www.votawtool.com
TE PRODUCT LISTING AND PRICES
DATE
EASY ON-LINE ORDERING
50
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
SOLDER-IN SLIDE PLUGS
All too often it seems easier to try various 'short cut' methods
of removing frozen slides rather than proceeding to what many
times has to be done in the long run; that is, unsoldering the
crook and soldering a plug into the stuck slide. The plug can
then be either grasped with a pair of vise grips or clamped in
a vise to work the pipe out.
It has been the experience in our shop that if a slide does not
come out with a minimum of effort (see our #2440 T-Slide
Knockerouter) we are much further ahead proceeding with
this method, which in most cases should only take about 10-15
minutes shop time with a minimum of tools.
Our Solder-in Slide Plugs are machined from solid brass rod
(brass allows for good solder flow and adhesion) and are
tapered to fit a wide range of slide sizes. The tapered portion
of the plug has been drilled out, allowing for less mass and thus
a shorter heat up time.
.500"
12.7mm
.425"
11.48mm
#2430
2"
.500"
12.7mm
.425"
11.48mm
#2431
4"
.625"
15.87mm
.481"
12.21mm
#2432
4"
.750"
19.05mm
.637"
16.18mm
#2433
4"
Offered in five different sizes to cover the wide range of slide
pipe diameters. The #2430 is designed specifically for a
trumpet main tuning slide (mouth pipe side), due to the minimal
distance between the bell rim and the slide receiver.
#2430 Solder-In
#2431 Solder-In
#2432 Solder-In
#2433 Solder-In
#2434 Solder-In
Slide
Slide
Slide
Slide
Slide
Plug .500
Plug .500
Plug .625
Plug .750
Plug 1.000
x
x
x
x
x
2"
4"
4"
4"
4"
1.000"
25.40mm
.725"
18.41mm
#2434
4"
SEE TIPS ON STUCK SLIDE REMOVAL ON PAGE 34
#2429 Set of 5 Solder-In Slide Plugs
SPRINGWINDER
Our #2516 Springwinder is designed for making all types of rotary valve lever
springs as well any style or size of waterkey spring. No longer necessary to stock a
large variety of different shapes and sizes of springs, this sturdily built tool will easily
make a perfectly formed, factory like spring. Simply choose the correct diameter
spring wire, cut off the necessary length, and in 1-2 minutes the spring is ready for
installation.
Professional shops will especially enjoy being able to offer custom springs made to
their clienteles' lever tension and response preferences. By varying the spring wire
diameter and/or the number of windings, each spring can be made to meet the
performer's exacting demands.
The Springwinder clamps in a standard bench vise and is supplied with complete
instructions as well as 4 diameters of stainless steel spring wire (20' each size of
.025", .030", .035", .040").
#2516 Springwinder
SPRING WIRE
High grade, stainless steel tempered spring wire. Sold in 20' lengths.
#2525 Spring W
ire .025"
Wire
#2530 Spring W
Wire
ire .030"
#2535 Spring W
ire .035"
Wire
Wire
#2540 Spring W
ire .040"
Make drilling holes and cutting threads go quicker and smoother AND help
to greatly extend the life of the tool. See our #3092 ACCULUBE® on page 67.
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
BELLPIPE / MOUTHPIPE
SOLDERING CLAMP
HEAD AUTOMATICALLY
PIVOTS TO ADJUST TO
TAPERED PIPE
Our new #2612 Bell / Mouthpipe Soldering Clamp is
designed for clamping the trumpet / cornet bell pipe and
mouth pipe for soldering. Heavy duty, noncorrosive design
uses a 5/16-18 stainless steel threaded shaft that resists
bending when under tension.
The clamping arms are
machined from T6 aluminum
and are profiled to allow
clearance and access around
braces.
Also, unlike other clamps, our
unique pivoting head allows the
clamp to automatically adjust to the angle and flare of the
pipes, providing complete and uniform clamping pressure.
Clamping range up to 6" (1.53cm) allows clamping of
trombone bell pipe and goose neck.
REVERSIBLE TAIL SECTION EXTENDS CLAMPING
RANGE FOR TROMBONE BELL / GOOSENECK
#2612 Bell/ Mouthpipe Soldering Clamp
TAPERED STICKS
www.votawtool.com
51
FRENCH HORN STRING TYING JIG
This useful tool aligns and holds all 3 levers, freeing up both
hands to attach and tie strings. This newly redesigned
model is a real improvement
over our old style jig and
makes string tying easier than
before.
Precision machined from
6061 T6 aluminum. Comes
with complete instructions.
#2131 French Horn
String Tying Jig
BOBCAT MOUTHPIECE PULLER
The Bobcat Mouthpiece Puller has become the standard in
the industry, used worldwide by repair technicians,
professional musicians, and educators.
Easy to use design takes
just seconds to remove
even the most stuck
mouthpieces. Works on all
brass instruments.
Sturdy
construction,
compact design, and no
loose parts or attachments
to keep track of.
#2778 Bobcat Mouthpiece Puller
PARTS CADDY
Keeps trumpet, cornet and french horn slides, pistons,
caps, springs etc. organized and safe. Handy for make
plays and cleaning jobs; works great for holding parts
during lacquering process - safe to put in the oven for baked
on finishes.
These tapered sticks are handy items for any shop. Designed
for holding a wide variety of slide pipes, each set consists
of 2 hardwood sticks with diameters of 5/8" and 1" and
lengths of 12".
The ends of each stick have been machined and tapered to
2 different sizes, so each set provides 4 sizes to cover the
whole range of slide pipe sizes from trumpet up to tuba.
#2420 Tapered SSticks
ticks
#2150 Part
Partss Caddy
52
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
PADS
PADS
Vot
aw Tool Comp
any is proud to now offer our customers
otaw
Company
pads from the world leaders in pad manufacturing: Luciano Pisoni
of Italy, and Prestini and Valentino in the United States.
All three have proven to be innovative leaders in pad design and construction. Pisoni's
recent equipment upgrades has resulted in a state of the art production facility that provides
pads of the highest quality and consistency. Likewise, Prestini pads, reflect over one
hundred years in the pad business, and the new Valentino Green Back is a high quality
synthetic pad that has gained widespread recognition by both professional technicians and
manufacturers as a worthy, durable alternative to the traditional bladder or leather pad.
Clarinet pads are sold in packages of 10 or 100 per size.
Quantities of 100 per size receive 15% discount
460 CLARINET PAD - BUFFET STYLE
STEP BEVEL
BUFFET STYLE
STEP BEVEL
BUFFET STYLE
THICKNESS:
FIRMNESS:
MEDIUM THICK / 0.125" / 3.2mm
HARD
100% TIGHT PRESSED FELT
DOUBLE BLADDER
WRINKLE FREE SKIN
COLOR:
WHITE
DIAMETER SIZES BY 0.5mm:
MANUFACTURER:
6.0 - 20.0
PISONI (MADE IN ITALY)
PR-PN3M CLARINET PAD - VITO STYLE
PROFILE:
STRAIGHT BEVEL
VITO STYLE
FIRMNESS:
MEDIUM / 0.118" / 3.0mm
MATERIAL:
100% WOVEN FELT
DOUBLE BLADDER
WRINKLE FREE SKIN
THICKNESS:
THICKNESS:
FIRMNESS:
MEDIUM
MATERIAL:
MEDIUM / 0.118" / 3.0mm
MEDIUM
MATERIAL:
6.0 - 20.0
MANUFACTURER:
PRESTINI / HERMES (MADE IN USA)
4300 CORK PADS
Our selection of cork pads are the
finest available to repair technicians.
Unlike standard waterkey corks
which are cross cut, all of our cork
pads are shive cut, resulting in
perfectly clear, pore free pads.
0.100" (2.5mm) - diameter sizes 6.0mm - 7.5mm
0.110" (2.8mm) - diameter sizes 8.0mm - 13.0mm
WHITE
WHITE
Available in diameter sizes 6.0mm thru 13.0mm, all cork
pads are cut with straight sides (no bevel) and are available
in two thicknesses:
100% WOVEN FELT
DOUBLE BLADDER
WRINKLE FREE SKIN
COLOR:
PR-460M CLARINET PAD - BUFFET STYLE
PROFILE:
PROFILE:
COLOR:
SEE PAGE 90 FOR VITO
BASS CLARINET PAD SETS
6.0 - 20.0
MANUFACTURER:
SEE OUR #2350 PAD CUP HEATER ON PAGE 4 FOR
SAFE, PROFESSIONAL PAD INSTALLATION
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
PADS
PADS
Flute pads sold in packages of 10 or 100 per size.
Quantities of 100 per size receive 15% discount.
450 FLUTE PAD - WHITE
THICKNESS: MEDIUM THICK / 0.120" / 3.0mm
FIRMNESS:
MEDIUM
MATERIAL:
SEE PAGES 74 - 76 FOR GEMEINHARDT PAD SETS
451 FLUTE PAD - YELLOW
THICKNESS: MEDIUM THICK / 0.120" / 3.0mm
FIRMNESS:
MEDIUM
MATERIAL:
100% WOVEN FELT
DOUBLE BLADDER
WRINKLE FREE SKIN
100% WOVEN FELT
DOUBLE BLADDER
WRINKLE FREE SKIN
CENTER HOLE DIAMETER:
.216" / 5.5mm (sizes 16.0 - 20.0)
COLOR:
WHITE
11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 16.0 - 20.0
MANUFACTURER:
PR-450M FLUTE PAD - WHITE
THICKNESS: MEDIUM / 0.114" / 2.9mm
FIRMNESS:
.216" / 5.5mm (sizes 16.0 - 20.0)
COLOR:
MEDIUM
YELLOW
11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 16.0 - 20.0
MANUFACTURER:
PR-451M FLUTE PAD - YELLOW
THICKNESS: MEDIUM / 0.114" / 2.9mm
FIRMNESS:
MEDIUM
MATERIAL:
MATERIAL:
100% WOVEN FELT
DOUBLE BLADDER
WRINKLE FREE SKIN
100% WOVEN FELT
DOUBLE BLADDER
WRINKLE FREE SKIN
.200" / 5.0mm (sizes 16.0 - 20.0)
COLOR:
WHITE
11.0 - 14.5, 16.0 - 20.0
MANUFACTURER:
PR-4253TH FLUTE PADS - WHITE
THICKNESS: THIN / 0.104" / 2.6mm
FIRMNESS:
MEDIUM HARD
MATERIAL:
100% SEMI-PRESSED FELT
DOUBLE BLADDER
WRINKLE FREE SKIN
.200" / 5.0mm (sizes 16.0 - 20.0)
COLOR:
WHITE
DIAMETER SIZES IN 0.5mm:
11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 16.0 - 20.0
MANUFACTURER:
53
.200" / 5.0mm (sizes 16.0 - 20.0)
COLOR:
YELLOW
11.0 - 20.0
MANUFACTURER:
PR-4353TH FLUTE PADS - YELLOW
THICKNESS: THIN / 0.104" / 2.6mm
FIRMNESS:
MEDIUM HARD
MATERIAL:
100% SEMI-PRESSED FELT
DOUBLE BLADDER
WRINKLE FREE SKIN
.200" / 5.0mm (sizes 16.0 - 20.0)
COLOR:
YELLOW
DIAMETER SIZES IN 0.5mm:
11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 16.0 - 20.0
MANUFACTURER:
54
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
PADS
PADS
Saxophone pads sold in packages of 10 or 100 per size.
Sizes 47.0mm (59/32) thru 54.0mm (68/32) available in packages of 5.
Sizes 54.5mm (69/32) and larger available by each.
SEE PRICE LIST FOR QUANTITY DISCOUNTS
210 SAXOPHONE PAD - SELMER STYLE
STYLE: BROWN PLASTIC DOME RESONATOR
THICKNESS:
FIRMNESS:
MEDIUM / 0.185" / 4.7mm
MEDIUM
DIAMETER SIZES BY 1/32":
MANUFACTURER:
FIRMNESS:
|
DIAMETER SIZES BY 1/32":
40 mm
50/32"
MEDIUM / 0.181" / 4.6mm
MEDIUM
MANUFACTURER:
|
9 mm
11/32"
PR-210TH SAXOPHONE PAD - SELMER STYLE
STYLE:
BROWN PLASTIC DOME RESONATOR
THICKNESS:
THIN / 0.165" / 4.2mm
MEDIUM
MATERIAL
100% WOVEN FELT
FULL CARDBOARD BACK
FINE, SOFT TAN LEATHER
DIAMETER SIZES BY 1/32nd:
16.0 - 70.0
20 - 88
MANUFACTURER:
PR-207M SAXOPHONE PAD - PLAIN STYLE
STYLE: PLAIN (NO RESONATOR, RIVET, HOLE)
FIRMNESS:
9/32 - 25/32
Each pad has a stick-on silver
label to identify pad diameter
FIRMNESS:
MATERIAL:
THICKNESS:
MEDIUM
100% WOVEN FELT
FULL CARDBOARD BACK
20/32 - 88/32
stick-on silver
pad diameter
THIN / 0.165" / 4.2mm
MATERIAL:
PR-210M SAXOPHONE PAD - SELMER STYLE
STYLE: BROWN PLASTIC DOME RESONATOR
THICKNESS:
PLAIN (NO RESONATOR, RIVET, HOLE)
FIRMNESS:
100% WOVEN FELT
FULL CARDBOARD BACK
pad has a
to identify
STYLE:
THICKNESS:
MATERIAL:
Each
label
207 SAXOPHONE PAD - PLAIN STYLE
MEDIUM / 0.181" / 4.6mm
MEDIUM
16.0 - 70.0
20 - 88
MANUFACTURER
PR-207TH SAXOPHONE PAD - PLAIN STYLE
STYLE:
PLAIN (NO RESONATOR, RIVET, HOLE)
THICKNESS:
FIRMNESS:
MATERIAL:
THIN / 0.165" / 4.2mm
MEDIUM
MATERIAL:
100% WOVEN FELT
FULL CARDBOARD BACK
100% WOVEN FELT
FULL CARDBOARD BACK
7.0 - 70.0
9 - 88
MANUFACTURER:
100% WOVEN FELT
FULL CARDBOARD BACK
7.0 - 70.0
9 - 88
MANUFACTURER:
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
55
www.votawtool.com
VALENTINO SYNTHETIC PADS
GREEN BACK
ADHESIVE BACK
Of all the synthetic pads to come along over the years, the new Valentino Green
Back pads are by far the most successful. Used worldwide by technicians as well
as leading manufacturers: Buffet and Yamaha are installing Green Back pads in
all of their new student model clarinets. Available in white (all sizes) and tan (9.0,
9.5mm) Green Back pads have a cardboard back and install like any standard
pad (see installation procedure below).
The adhesive back pads have a slightly
softer consistency with a stick-on
adhesive back and are designed for
emergency or on the road use.
4710 CLARINET PAD - GREEN BACK - THIN
NO BEVEL
PROFILE:
THICKNESS:
THIN / 0.110" / 2.8mm
THICKNESS:
WHITE
MANUFACTURER:
6.5 - 20.0
VALENTINO
MANUFACTURER:
NO BEVEL
THICK / 0.130" / 3.3mm
VALENTINO
NO BEVEL
THICKNESS:
MEDIUM / 0.120" / 3.05mm
MATERIAL:
SYNTHETIC, GREEN CARDBOARD BACK
WHITE
MANUFACTURER:
6.5 - 20.0
VALENTINO
MANUFACTURER:
NO BEVEL
VALENTINO
NO BEVEL
THICKNESS:
MATERIAL:
9.0, 9.5
4724 CLARINET PAD - ADHESIVE BACK - TAN
PROFILE:
THICK / 0.130" / 3.3mm
THICK / 0.130" / 3.3mm
MATERIAL:
SYNTHETIC, CARDBOARD ADHESIVE BACK
WHITE
MANUFACTURER:
TAN (CORK)
4718 CLARINET PAD - ADHESIVE BACK
THICKNESS:
COLOR:
COLOR:
6.5 - 20.0
SE
P A E NE
G
X
PA E FO T
D
R
SE
TS
4720 CLARINET PAD - GREEN BACK - TAN
PROFILE:
MATERIAL:
PROFILE:
WHITE
4714 CLARINET PAD - GREEN BACK - THICK
THICKNESS:
COLOR:
COLOR:
MEDIUM / 0.120" / 3.05mm
MATERIAL:
PROFILE:
NO BEVEL
PROFILE:
MATERIAL:
COLOR:
4712 CLARINET PAD - GREEN BACK - MEDIUM
6.5 - 20.0
VALENTINO
SE
PA E NE
G
X
PA E FO T
D
SE R
TS
SYNTHETIC, CARDBOARD ADHESIVE BACK
COLOR:
TAN (CORK)
MANUFACTURER:
9.0, 9.5
VALENTINO
GREEN BACK CLARINET PAD INSTALLATION
Green Back pads can be installed in the exact manner as
regular skin pads:
⇒ Clean key cup
⇒ Apply hot melt glue or shellac to pad or key cup
⇒ Heat key cup and insert and level pad
Note that some manufacturers are installing green back
pads at the factory and do so without adhesive. Slight heat
applied to the key cup after installation allows the adhesive
in the green backing to adhere to the walls of the key cup.
Whether working with standard skin pads or Green Back
pads, opinion varies as to how much of a 'seat' or crease in
the pad surface is desirable. With skin pads a seat is
generally accomplished by lightly clamping normally open
keys. Green Back pads can be given a seat by using a hot
air gun (low setting) held for a 4-5 seconds several inches
away from the pads. Then hold the key in a closed position
until pad cools. Light action key clamps may be used if a
deeper seat is desired. Keys that are normally closed will
form their own seat without heat or clamping.
56
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
VALENTINO SYNTHETIC PADS
4726 BASS CLARINET PAD - GREEN BACK
CLARINET PAD SET - GREEN BACK - MEDIUM
#4712SET Bb Soprano Clarinet Pad Set
THICKNESS:
Fits most popular models
0.130" / 3.3mm
MATERIAL:
SYNTHETIC
GREEN CARDBOARD BACK
CLARINET PAD SET - ADHESIVE BACK
#4718SET Bb Soprano Clarinet Pad Set
Fits most popular models
COLOR:
DIAMETER SIZES:
4730 FLUTE PAD - GREEN BACK - THIN
THICKNESS:
21.5, 24.5, 27.0, 27.5, 29.5, 30.0
THIN / 0.080" / 2.03mm
MATERIAL:
4740 PICCOLO PAD - GREEN BACK - THIN
THICKNESS:
SYNTHETIC
WHITE
COLOR:
11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 16.5 - 20.0
MANUFACTURER:
THICKNESS:
MEDIUM / 0.110" / 2.8mm
COLOR:
.200" / 5.0mm (sizes 16.5 - 20.0)
#4750 Piccolo Pad Set Armstrong (all models)
#4751 Piccolo Pad Set Gemeinhardt (all models)
#4752 Piccolo Pad Set Yamaha (all models)
11.0, 11.5, 12.0, 16.5 - 20.0
VALENTINO
Conversion Chart
mm
FOR USE ME
DI
AL
A R M L GEME U M
STRO
IN HA
RD
NG P
ICCO T &
LOS
6.5 - 15.0
PICCOLO PAD SETS - GREEN BACK
7.0 ........ 9/32
7.5
8.0 ...... 10/32
8.5
9.0 ...... 11/32
9.5 ...... 12/32
10.0 ...... 13/32
10.5
11.0 ...... 14/32
11.5
12.0 ...... 15/32
12.5 ...... 16/32
13.0
13.5 ...... 17/32
14.0
14.5 ...... 18/32
15.0 ...... 19/32
15.5
16.0 ...... 20/32
16.5 ...... 21/32
17.0
WHITE
WHITE
32nd
MEDIUM / 0.110" / 2.8mm
SYNTHETIC
mm
6.5 - 15.0
MATERIAL:
MANUFACTURER:
USE
THIN
FOR
ALL
P I C C YAM AHA
OLOS
4745 PICCOLO PAD - GREEN BACK - MEDIUM
MATERIAL:
COLOR:
WHITE
VALENTINO
4735 FLUTE PAD - GREEN BACK - MEDIUM
THICKNESS:
THIN / 0.080" / 2.03mm
MATERIAL:
.200" / 5.0mm (sizes 16.5 - 20.0)
COLOR:
WHITE
32nd
17.5 ...... 22/32
18.0
18.5 ...... 23/32
19.0 ...... 24/32
19.5
20.0 ...... 25/32
20.5 ...... 26/32
21.0
21.5 ...... 27/32
22.0 ...... 28/32
22.5
23.0 ...... 29/32
23.5
24.0 ...... 30/32
24.5 ...... 31/32
25.0
25.5 ...... 32/32
26.0 ...... 33/32
26.5
27.0 ...... 34/32
27.5
mm
32nd
28.0 ...... 35/32
28.5 ...... 36/32
29.0
29.5 ...... 37/32
30.0 ...... 38/32
30.5
31.0 ...... 39/32
31.5
32.0 ...... 40/32
32.5 ...... 41/32
33.0
33.5 ...... 42/32
34.0 ...... 43/32
34.5
35.0 ...... 44/32
35.5
36.0 ...... 45/32
36.5 ...... 46/32
37.0
37.5 ...... 47/32
38.0 ...... 48/32
-
millimeter / 32nd
mm
32nd
38.5
39.0 ...... 49/32
39.5
40.0 ...... 50/32
40.5 ...... 51/32
41.0
41.5 ...... 52/32
42.0 ...... 53/32
42.5
43.0 ...... 54/32
43.5 ...... 55/32
44.0
44.5 ...... 56/32
45.0 ...... 57/32
45.5
46.0 ...... 58/32
46.5
47.0 ...... 59/32
47.5 ...... 60/32
48.0
48.5 ...... 61/32
mm
32nd
49.0 ...... 62/32
49.5
50.0 ...... 63/32
50.5
51.0 ...... 64/32
51.5 ...... 65/32
52.0
52.5 ...... 66/32
53.0 ...... 67/32
53.5
54.0 ...... 68/32
54.5
55.0 ...... 69/32
55.5 ...... 70/32
56.0
56.5 ...... 71/32
57.0 ...... 72/32
57.5
58.0 ...... 73/32
58.5 ...... 74/32
59.0
mm
32nd
59.5 ...... 75/32
60.0
60.5 ...... 76/32
61.0 ...... 77/32
61.5
62.0 ...... 78/32
62.5 ...... 79/32
63.0
63.5 ...... 80/32
64.0
64.5 ...... 81/32
65.0 ...... 82/32
65.5
66.0 ...... 83/32
66.5 ...... 84/32
67.0
67.5 ...... 85/32
68.0
68.5 ...... 86/32
69.0 ...... 87/32
69.5
70.0 ...... 88/32
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
CORK
57
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
CORK
CORK
SHEET CORK
All of our cork products are AAA and
AAAA grade, 100% natural cork.
No press filled or synthetics.
VALVE STEM TUBE CORK
This selection of natural tube cork can be cut to length as
needed for valve stem corks. Available in two diameters.
For cutting straight, accurate washers see our #2406 Tube
Cork Cutter on page 58.
Each sheet of cork is individually wrapped and
sealed air tight to insure maximum freshness.
thickness
#4065
#4066
width
length
#4031 1/64" 0.4mm
4" 10.16cm
12" 30.48cm
#4032 1/32" 0.8mm
4" 10.16cm
12" 30.48cm
#4033 3/64" 1.2mm
4" 10.16cm
12" 30.48cm
#4034 1/16" 1.6mm
4" 10.16cm
12" 30.48cm
#4035 3/32" 2.4mm
4" 10.16cm
12" 30.48cm
#4036 1/8" 3.2mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
#4037 3/16" 4.8mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
#4038 1/4" 6.3mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
See our #2400 Sheet Cork Cutter on
page 59 for easy measuring and cutting.
STICK CORK
This selection of natural stick cork can be cut to length as
needed for waterkey corks or rotary valve bumpers. To cut
straight, accurate water key corks see our #2405 Stick
Cork Cutter on page 58.
Sold in 1 1/2" 38.1mm lengths.
diameter
diameter
#4010 3/16" 4.8mm
#4011 1/4" 6.4mm
diameter
length
hole
1/2" 12.7mm
5/8" 15.9mm
1.5" 38.1mm
2" 50.8mm
7/32" 5.6mm
1/4" 6.4mm
#4065
#4066
See page 58 for cork washer cutting tools.
Cork Pads? ... See page 52
CORK ASSORTMENT & STORAGE CASE
This durable storage case is made of clear, abrasion
resistant K-resin high strength copolymer. With a hinged
top and 24 compartments, the case comes stocked with
every size necessary for wakerkey and valve stem cork
replacement:
♦ 4 sizes Straight Waterkey Cork
10 each size
♦ 4 sizes Tapered Waterkey Cork
10 each size
♦ 10 sizes Valve Stem Cork Washers
10 each size
♦ 4 sizes Stick Cork
10 each size
♦ 2 sizes Valve Stem Tube Cork
4 each size
#4012 5/16" 7.9mm
#4013 3/8" 9.5mm
EACH COMPARTMENT IS
LABELED FOR EASY
IDENTIFICATION.
ACTUAL DIAMETERS
#4090 Cork Assortment with Storage Case
#4010
#4011
#4012
#4013
See our complete selection of Storage Cases on page 61.
FLUTE & PICCOLO HEAD CORKS
#4005 Flute Head Cork
#4006 Piccolo Head Cork
diameter
length
hole size
11/16" 17.5mm
7/16" 11.1mm
1 1/4" 31.7mm
11/16" 17.5mm
9/64" 3.6mm
9/64" 3.6mm
For removing stuck head corks and installing new ones,
see our #2424 Flute/Piccolo Head Cork Tool on page 5.
#4006
Made from all natural cork.
#4005
58
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
CORK
CORK
CORK
WATER KEY CORKS - PRE CUT
VALVE STEM CORK WASHERS
Made from natural cork, these water key corks are available
in either a straight cut or a tapered cut. See page 58 for
custom cutting your own water key corks.
Tapered Waterkey Corks
thickness
diameter
These valve stem washers are made from natural cork (not
composition), offering greater strength and longer life.
Available in two diameters and five thicknesses.
#4017 5/16" 7.9mm
#4018 3/8" 9.5mm
#4019 7/16" 11.1mm
#4020 1/2" 12.7mm
Straight Waterkey Corks
diameter
#4021 5/16" 7.9mm
#4022 3/8" 9.5mm
#4023 3/8" 9.5mm
#4024 7/16" 11.1mm
Tapered
Cut
3/16"
3/16"
3/16"
3/16"
4.8mm
4.8mm
4.8mm
4.8mm
thickness
3/16"
3/16"
1/8"
3/16"
diameter 1/2" 12.7mm
hole size 7/32" 5.6mm
thickness
#4051 1/32" 0.8mm
#4052 1/16" 1.6mm
#4053 1/8" 3.2mm
#4054 3/16" 4.8mm
#4055 1/4" 6.3mm
#4018
#4019
#4020
#4021
#4022
#4023
#4024
STICK & TUBE CORK CUTTERS
How many pieces of cork have been wasted while trying to make a
straight cut for a water key cork? Our simple, yet useful Stick Cork
Cutter for waterkey corks and Tube Cork Cutter for valve stem
washers are designed to allow the technician to cut straight corks
every time.
Insert the desired diameter of cork into the corresponding hole in the
cork cutter, with the end extending out the necessary length for
proper thickness. Squeeze the two halves of the cork cutter together
and slice off the cork with a cork knife or razor blade. Nicely machined
from rust free 6061 T6 aluminum.
#2406 Tube Cork Cutter
#4056
#4057
#4058
#4059
#4060
1/32"
1/16"
1/8"
3/16"
1/4"
#4051
#4056
#4052
#4057
#4053
#4058
#4054
#4059
#4055
#4060
PRE-CUT FLUTE KEY CORKS
Pre-cut and shaped flute corks for Eb/D#
key and trill keys. These corks fit perfectly
for the models listed and are a real time
saver.
#4071
#4072
#4073
#4074
Eb/D#
Eb/D#
Eb/D#
Eb/D#
#4081 Trill
#4082 Trill
#4083 Trill
#4084 Trill
Cork
Cork
Cork
Cork
Key
Key
Key
Key
- Armstrong
- Emerson
- Gemeinhardt
- Yamaha
Cork - Armstrong
Cork - Emerson
Cork - Gemeinhardt
Cork - Yamaha
Holes are designed for 1/2" and 5/8"
diameter tube cork sizes.
#2405 Stick Cork Cutter
Holes are designed for 3/16",1/4", 5/16",
and 3/8" diameter stick cork sizes.
0.8mm
1.6mm
3.2mm
4.8mm
6.3mm
4.8mm
4.8mm
3.2mm
4.8mm
Straight
Cut
#4017
diameter 5/8" 15.9mm
hole size 7/32" 5.6mm
thickness
GUIDE PINS
MAINTAIN
ALIGNMENT
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
59
www.votawtool.com
VALENTINO SYNTHETIC CORK
VALENTINO SHEET CORK - ADHESIVE BACK
Synthetic sheet cork with peel off adhesive backing. Simply
cut to desired shape and apply. Strong adhesive.
thickness
width
length
#4780 1/64" 0.4mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
#4781 1/32" 0.8mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
#4782 3/64" 1.2mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
#4783 1/16" 1.6mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
VALENTINO SHEET CORK - NONADHESIVE
Same as above but with no adhesive backing. Use any cork
cement (see our Duall Cement on page 69 )
thickness
width
length
VALENTINO PRECUT CLARINET CORK
Precut, adhesive back cork for Bb Soprano clarinets. Great
for emergency or on the road use.
#4795
#4796
#4797
#4798
#4775
Tenon Cork SStrip
trip Set (5 pieces)
Pre-Cut Key Cork Set - 1/64" (0.4mm) Thick
Clarinet Thumb Rest Cushion
VALENTINO PRECUT SAX CORK & BUMPERS
Precut, adhesive back strips for saxophone neck corks.
Fits alto, tenor, or baritone.
#4799 Sax Neck Cork SStrip
trip
ack)
tripss (4 ppack)
#4785 1/64" 0.4mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
#4786 1/32" 0.8mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
#4787 3/64" 1.2mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
Adhesive back saxophone key guard bumpers.
Diameter: 3/8" 8.5mm
Height: 1/4" 6.35mm
#4788 1/16" 1.6mm
4" 10.16cm
6" 15.24cm
#4776 Saxophone Key Guard Bumper
VALENTINO FLUTE CORK
VALENTINO VALVE STEM & WASHER CORKS
Trumpet and cornet valve stem corks.
Outside Diameter: 0.550" 14mm
Hole Diameter: 0.250" 6.3mm
#4770 Head Joint Cork
#4771 Trill Key Cork
#4772 Eb/D# Key Cork
thickness
#4790 Valve SStem
tem W
asher
Washer
#4791 Valve SStem
tem W
Washer
asher
#4792 Valve SStem
tem W
asher
Washer
VALENTINO WATERKEY CORKS
Peel off adhesive back.
1/64" .397mm
1/32" .794mm
3/64" 1.19mm
#4768 Top VValve
alve Cap W
asher (black) Bach SStrad
trad
Washer
#4760 Waterkey Corks - 0.5mm sizes
Available in 8 diameter sizes 8.5mm - 12.0mm
Thickness: 3/16" 4.76mm
#4765 Waterkey Cork - BUNDY TRUMPET
#4766 Waterkey Cork - OLDS TRUMPET
#4767 Waterkey Cork - BUNDY TROMBONE
For the finest in cork cement
see page 69 for our
Duall Cork Cement
SHEET CORK CUTTER
Our #2400 Sheet Cork Cutter is designed for accurately
measuring and cutting sheet cork, primarily for woodwind
tenon cork replacement.
Simple to use with easy to read 1/16th" scale.
Overall size is 5" (12.7cm) x 9 1/2" (24.1cm)
#2400 Sheet Cork Cutter
CO
RK
ER
C UTT E
GUID
EASY TO USE
1) Measure width of tenon.
2) Set sheet cork against cutter stops.
3) Position cutter guide for width of cut.
4) Cut cork along cutter edge.
SH
EE
T
60
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
SAXOPHONE KEY & BUMPER FELT
Our bumper and key felt is the firmest, finest quality available. Felt is a material that is woven from either
pure wool or a blend of wool and rayon. Generally, the more wool and less rayon in the blend the more dense
the material and also the higher the cost. Density is an important factor in a saxophone felts because of
the necessity for maintaining proper key adjustment. Less dense grades of felt are spongy and easily
compress after a short time, which means keys can go out of adjustment soon after leaving the shop. All
of our saxophone key and bumper felts are die cut from the finest grade of felt available - 100% wool (no
rayon), guaranteeing a stable cushion between keys. Technicians will also find that unlike synthetic blends
that shred and tear, 100% wool felt is easier to cut and trim.
BUMPER FELT
Available in three diameters, three lengths, and three
colors: white, red, and green. Sold in packages of 25.
diameter
length
KEY FELT
Available in four disc sizes and also in 4” x 6” sheets.
Three colors - white, red, and green. Thickness .062”.
Discs sold in packages of 25, sheets by each.
DISCS
diameter
#4100 Key Felt Disc
White
1/2" 12.7mm
#4101 Key Felt Disc
Red
1/2" 12.7mm
#4102 Key Felt Disc
Green
1/2" 12.7mm
#4140 5/16" 7.94mm
#4141 5/16" 7.94mm
#4142 5/16" 7.94mm
x
x
x
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
6.35mm
6.35mm
6.35mm
White
Red
Green
#4146 5/16" 7.94mm
#4147 5/16" 7.94mm
#4148 5/16" 7.94mm
x
x
x
5/16" 7.94mm
5/16" 7.94mm
5/16" 7.94mm
White
Red
Green
#4152 5/16" 7.94mm
#4153 5/16" 7.94mm
#4154 5/16" 7.94mm
x
x
x
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
9.53mm
9.53mm
9.53mm
White
Red
Green
#4158
#4159
#4160
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
9.53mm
9.53mm
9.53mm
x
x
x
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
6.35mm
6.35mm
6.35mm
White
Red
Green
#4164
#4165
#4166
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
9.53mm
9.53mm
9.53mm
x
x
x
5/16" 7.94mm
5/16" 7.94mm
5/16" 7.94mm
White
Red
Green
#4170
#4171
#4172
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
9.53mm
9.53mm
9.53mm
x
x
x
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
9.53mm
9.53mm
9.53mm
White
Red
Green
#4176 7/16" 11.11mm
#4177 7/16" 11.11mm
#4178 7/16" 11.11mm
x
x
x
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
6.35mm
6.35mm
6.35mm
White
Red
Green
Assortment contains 25 each of the following sizes and
colors - total of 300 felts.
#4182 7/16" 11.11mm
#4183 7/16" 11.11mm
#4184 7/16" 11.11mm
x
x
x
5/16" 7.94mm
5/16" 7.94mm
5/16" 7.94mm
White
Red
Green
#4125 KEY FELT ASSORTMENT
#4126 KEY FELT ASSORTMENT WITH CASE
#4099 CASE WITH LABELS ONLY
#4188 7/16" 11.11mm
#4189 7/16" 11.11mm
#4190 7/16" 11.11mm
x
x
x
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
9.53mm
9.53mm
9.53mm
White
Red
Green
#4105 Key Felt Disc
#4106 Key Felt Disc
#4107 Key Felt Disc
9/16" 14.3mm
9/16" 14.3mm
9/16" 14.3mm
White
Red
Green
#4110 Key Felt Disc
#4111 Key Felt Disc
#4112 Key Felt Disc
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"
15.9mm
15.9mm
15.9mm
White
Red
Green
11/16" 17.5mm
11/16" 17.5mm
11/16" 17.5mm
White
Red
Green
#4115 Key Felt
#4116 Key Felt
#4117 Key Felt
SHEETS
#4130 Key Felt 4"
#4131 Key Felt 4"
#4132 Key Felt 4"
Disc
Disc
Disc
x 6" Sheet 10.16cm x 15.24cm
x 6" Sheet 10.16cm x 15.24cm
x 6" Sheet 10.16cm x 15.24cm
White
Red
Green
KEY FELT ASSORTMENT
Case has 12
labelled compartments
BUMPER FELT ASSORTMENTS
#4200 RED BUMPER FELT ASSORTMENT
Each bumper felt assortment contains 25 each of the
9 sizes - total of 225 felts per assortment.
#4201 RED BUMPER FELT ASST. WITH CASE
#4202 GREEN BUMPER FELT - ASSORTMENT
#4203 GREEN BUMPER FELT- ASST. WITH CASE
Cases have 12 compartments
9 labelled and 3 extra for miscellaneous and cutoffs
#4204 WHITE BUMPER FELT - ASSORTMENT
#4205 WHITE BUMPER FELT- ASST. WITH CASE
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
61
www.votawtool.com
BRASS TUBING
ROUND BRASS ROD
The #3000 Brass Tubing Assortment offers 20 - 12"
lengths of tubing that are graduated in size by .0312". The
smallest tube has an outside diameter of .0625" and the
largest is .6562". The wall thickness is approximately .0140",
making the entire set telescopic; that is, each size piece will
slide perfectly inside the next largest one. Excellent for
replacing slide receivers and stockings, reducing pipe sizes,
patching, woodwind key repair and many other uses. The
complete set comes in a sturdy, indexed stand. A must item
in any shop.
Now available to repair shops is an assortment of solid
brass rod in small diameter sizes. Great for repairing and
custom building woodwind keys, braces, etc.
Sold in 12" (30.48cm) lengths.
.4375
.4688
.5000
.5313
.5625
.5938
.6250
.6562
#3145 Brass Rod Complete Asst. (11 pces.)
INDIVIDUAL SIZES
diameter
.508mm
.792mm 1/32"
1.191mm 3/64"
1.588mm 1/16"
1.984mm
2.057mm
#3150 .0200"
#3151 .0312"
#3152 .0469"
#3153 .0625"
#3154 .0720"
#3155 .0810"
INDEXED STAND
#3000 Brass Tubing Assortment with Indexed SSttand
#3022 Brass Tubing Assortment Only
#3021 Brass Tubing Indexed SSttand
INDIVIDUAL SIZES
Sold in 12" lengths. Sizes listed indicate outside diameter.
#3001
#3002
#3003
#3004
#3005
.0625"
.0938"
.1250"
.1562"
.1875"
1.59mm
2.38mm
3.17mm
3.97mm
4.76mm
1/16"
3/32"
1/8"
5/32"
3/16"
#3006
#3007
#3008
#3009
#3010
.2188"
.2500"
.2812"
.3125"
.3438"
5.56mm
6.35mm
7.14mm
7.94mm
8.73mm
7/32"
1/4"
9/32"
5/16"
11/32"
#3011
#3012
#3013
#3014
#3015
.3750"
.4062"
.4375"
.4688"
.5000"
9.52mm
10.32mm
11.11mm
11.91mm
12.70mm
3/8"
13/32"
7/16"
15/32"
1/2"
#3016
#3017
#3018
#3019
#3020
.5313"
.5625"
.5938"
.6250"
.6562"
13.49mm
14.29mm
15.08mm
15.87mm
16.67mm
17/32"
9/16"
19/32"
5/8"
21/32"
IF YOUR WOODWIND BENCH DOES NOT
HAVE A BOTTLE OF OUR #3060 LOW
1/8"
5/32"
3/16"
These are the best quality storage cases
we've found. Made of tough, clear,
abrasion resistant K-resin high strength
copolymer. Sturdy design with hinged
top that overlaps side edges to keep out dirt and protect
contents. Available in 6, 12, 18, and 24 compartment sizes
and are stackable. See below for compartment layout.
#4091 SStorage
torage Case - 24 Comp
artment
Compartment
Overall Dimensions: 13 1/8" x 9" x 2 5/16"
33.3cm x 22.9cm x 5.9cm
Compartment Dimensions: 2" x 2" x 2" depth
51.cm x 5.1cm x 5.1cm depth
#4092 SStorage
artment
Compartment
Overall Dimensions: 11" x 6 3/4" x 1 3/4"
27.9cm x 17.1cm x 4.4cm
Compartment Dimensions: 1 5/8" x 1 7/8" x 1 1/2" depth
4.1cm x 4.8cm x 3.8cm depth
#4093 SStorage
artment
Compartment
33.3cm x 22.9cm x 5.9cm
Compartment Dimensions: 2" x 4 1/8" x 2" depth
#4094 SStorage
artment
Compartment
Overall Dimensions: 11" x 6 3/4" x 1 3/4"
27.9cm x 17.1cm x 4.4cm
Compartment Dimensions: 1 5/8" x 3" x 1 1/2" depth
#4095 SStorage
artment
Compartment
33.3cm x 22.9cm x 5.9cm
Compartment Dimensions: 2" x 8 1/4" x 2" depth
5.1cm x 21cm x 3.8cm depth
COMPARTMENT LAYOUT
STRENGTH THREADLOCKER YOU ARE
MISSING A VALUABLE TOOL
SEE PAGE 68
3/32"
STORAGE CASES
.0625 .0938 .1250 .1562 .1875 .2188 .2500 .2813 .3125 .3438 .3750 .4062
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
diameter
2.383mm
2.89mm
3.175mm
3.967mm
4.763mm
#3156 .0938"
#3157 .1140"
#3158 .1250"
#3159 .1562"
#3160 .1875"
24
18
12
6
62
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
HINGE SCREW REPLACEMENT ROD
This precision ground drill rod holds a diameter and roundness tolerance of ±.0005", making it
excellent material for replacing hinge rod screws - an easy task with the correct materials and tools.
1) Determine the correct diameter rod needed and thread size.
INDIVIDUAL SIZES
cm) LENGTHS
(45.7cm)
18” (45.7
Note: 36" (0.91m) lengths are available:
order quantity of 2 and specify one length.
2) Hold the rod at an approximate 60° angle to your bench motor and
rotate the rod in a slow, steady, continuous manner until an even
taper is formed in the rod’s end.
3) Clamp the rod in a bench vise with tapered end facing straight up
about 1” above jaws. Insert the correct size die in the die handle (see
page 18) and set the die on the rod’s end. Apply a drop of ACCULUBE
(see page 67) in the center hole of the die. Grasp the die handle with
two hands and posiion the handle so that it is perpendicular to the rod.
While exerting a fair amount of downward pressure slowly turn
clockwise 1/2 to 1 revolution. When the die begins to make a good
bite into the rod, turn it counterclockwise just enough to clear away
the cut metal (you’ll feel a definite ‘break’). Reverse die direction,
carefully threading the die back over the area just threaded. With
downward pressure turn the die another 1/4-1/2 turn and then
reverse direction enough to break away chip. Continue in this
manner until the desired length of thread is cut.
4) Cut off desired length and cut slot for screwdriver. If desired, a needle
file can be used to square off the shoulder area of the screw.
#3128 Hinge Screw Rod Assortment with SStorage
torage Case
Includes all 22 sizes in 18” lengths with storage case (see below)
#3100 Hinge Screw Rod Assortment only
HINGE ROD STORAGE CASE
This sturdy, nicely built case has
24 - 18” long compartments for
storing hinge rod material.
Permanently marked printing
indicates sizes for easy
identification. Has a clear, durable
lexan plastic lid. (Note: case must
be stored flat.)
Dimensions: 3/4” x 20” x 20” (19mm x 51cm x 51cm).
#3101
#3102
#3102A
#3103
#3104
#3105
#3106
#3107
#3107A
#3108
#3109
#3110
#3111
#3112
#3113
#3114
#3114A
#3115
#3116
#3117
#3118
#3119
.075"
.077"
.0781”
.079"
.081"
.085"
.088"
.092"
.0937”
.095"
.097"
.099"
.101"
.103"
.106"
.108"
.1093”
.110"
.112"
.115"
.1181"
.120"
1.90mm
1.96mm
1.98mm
2.01mm
2.06mm
2.16mm
2.23mm
2.34mm
2.38mm
2.41mm
2.46mm
2.51mm
2.56mm
2.62mm
2.69mm
2.74mm
2.78mm
2.79mm
2.84mm
2.92mm
3.00mm
3.05mm
PULL - AWAY WORK TRAY
Add more workbench area with the Pull - Away Work Tray,
one of the handiest additions to any repair shop. Install it by
the woodwind bench, brass bench, anywhere, it provides
an additional 252 square inches of convenient work area for
parts, keys, instruments, tools, etc. Features include:
h 14" (35.6cm) x 18" (45.7cm) polyethylene tray
with 3/4" (19.05mm) lip.
h 2 swivel arms that extend up to 24" (61cm)
h Tray rotates 360°
h Heavy Duty construction will easily
hold up to 40 lbs (18kg).
#3129 Hinge Rod SStorage
torage Case
PULL - AWAY WORK TRAY
( bottom view
view))
SEE OUR NEW #2780
PUNCH AND THREADING
TOOL ON P
AGE 17
PAGE
#6700 Pull - Away W
ork Tray
Work
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
63
www.votawtool.com
SAXOPHONE BRUSH
BODY BRUSH
Specially designed to insert in the neck receiver of alto or
tenor sax for cleaning inside the entire length of the main
body section. Extra heavy gauge handle allows for thorough
scrubbing. Combination nylon and fibre fill brush holds soap
and water well. Handle is vinyl coated to protect instrument
bore with a rubber tipped end to protect bow area.
This brush is designed for cleaning the outside of instrument
bodies - great for getting around posts, springs, tone holes,
etc. The thick fill is made from soft yet firm pure boar bristles
that holds soap and water well. Durable plastic handle and
safe, non-marring nylon ferrule. Overall length is 12"
(30.5cm) with a 1" (25.4mm) round x 2” (50.8mm) long
brush fill.
#3531 Body Brush
OVERALL LENGTH - 30" (76
cm)
(76cm)
NYLON TUBE BRUSHES
#3515 Saxophone Brush
TROMBONE HANDSLIDE
CLEANING BRUSHES
These nylon brushes are designed for cleaning inner and
outer handslide pipes. The entire handle of the #3512 brush
(for outer slides) is vinyl coated to protect inside walls of
pipes and a rubber tip on the end protects crook area.
OVERALL LENGTH - 33" (84
cm
(84cm
cm))
An assortment of these nylon brushes is a must in any repair
shop. Each brush has a twisted wire handle with loop end.
Use for cleaning bore and tone holes on woodwinds and on
brass instruments
for tuning slides,
mouthpipes, bell
pipes, valve casings,
etc.
OVERALL LENGTH
15" (38.1
cm)
(38.1cm)
#351
#35111 Trombone Handslide Brush - Inner Slide
#3512 Trombone Handslide Brush - Outer Slide
SIZE INDICATES ACTUAL BRUSH DIAMETER
BRUSH TIPS
The tips of the bristles are the business end of any brush
as this is where the actual scrubbing and cleaning takes
place. Using too large a diameter brush causes the bristles
to excessively bend and the sides of the bristles, rather than
the tips, rub against the surfaces to be cleaned. Not only
will this result in a poorer cleaning job but it will also cause
quicker breakdown and deterioration of the bristles' strength.
STAINLESS STEEL TUBE BRUSHES
This selection of stainless steel brushes provides an
excellent means of cleaning brass tube prior to soldering.
Each comes with sturdy plastic
handle. Size marked on handle
indicates the approximate size
tube brush is designed to clean.
Always rotate brush in clockwise
manner.
SIZE INDICATES ACTUAL BRUSH DIAMETER
#3519
#3521
#3522
#3523
#3524
#3525
#3520
9/32"
7/16"
9/16"
11/16"
13/16"
15/16"
(7.1mm)
(11.1mm)
(14.3mm)
(17.5mm)
(20.6mm)
(23.8mm)
Stainless
Stainless
Stainless
Stainless
Stainless
Stainless
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Brush
Brush
Brush
Brush
Brush
Brush
Complete Set of 6 SSttainless Tube Brushes
#3501 1/4" (6.3mm)
#3502 3/8" (9.5mm)
#3503 1/2" (12.7mm)
#3504 5/8" (15.9mm)
#3505 3/4" (19.1mm)
#3506
1" (25.4mm)
#3507 1 1/4" (31.7mm)
#3508 1 1/2" (38.1mm)
#3500 Complete Set of 8
Nylon Tube Brush
Nylon Tube Brush
Nylon Tube Brush
Nylon Tube Brush
Nylon Tube Brush
Nylon Tube Brush
Nylon Tube Brush
Nylon Tube Brush
Nylon Tube Brushes
SCRATCH WHEEL BRUSHES
These brushes work well for a variety of uses in the repair
shop such as cleaning and surface finishing brass parts
(rotors, slide pipes, etc.) or cleaning old glue or shellac out
of the cork channel on clarinet tenons. The fine brass wire
strands are .003" in diameter and are mounted on hardwood
hubs with metal reinforced centers designed to fit tapered
spindles.
Ù brush diameter 3.0" (76.2mm)
Ù hub diameter 1.25" (31.8mm)
Ù hole size
0.25" (6.3mm)
Ù brush width
2 Row
0.375" (9.5mm)
3 Row
0.625" (15.9mm)
#3535 Brass Wire Brush (2 Row)
#3536 Brass Wire Brush (3 Row)
64
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
HAWKS CLEANING &
SWABBING RODS
HAGERTY
SILVERSMITH'S POLISH
Thanks to repair technician Tony Hawks for his suggestion
to improve upon the flimsy, hard to hold, cleaning and
swabbing rods used in valve casings and trombone slides.
This liquid polish is a standard in the industry for hand
polishing instruments with a bright silver finish. Its tarnish
preventative will deter tarnishing 10 times longer than other
silver polishes. Available in 8 oz. plastic squeeze bottle
(apply with soft cotton cloth) or 14.5 oz aerosol can.
These rods have a large diameter that provides plenty of
support, especially on the trombone model, and the 'T'
handle design offers improved gripping and control
compared to the rods that have only a ring on the end.
Machined from stainless steel and brass , these rods are
completely rust free and impervious to fumes and corrosives
found in most shops.
ABS
HANDLE
STAINLESS STEEL
SHAFT
BRASS
EYE
#2362 VALVE CASING CLEANING ROD
2362 VValve
alve Casing Cleaning Rod
(3/8" diameter x 12" length with 5" handle)
2363 Trombone Handslide Cleaning Rod
(5/16" diameter x 30" length with 5" handle)
#3529 Hagerty Silversmith's Polish - 14.5 oz. aerosol
#3530 Hagerty Silversmith's Polish - 12 oz. bottle
BUFFING WHEEL ARBOR
www.votawtool.com
DATE
TE
PRODUCT LISTING & PRICES
Ideal for spot buffing or getting into tight places, this arbor
is nicely made from precision ground drill rod and can be
used in our #6520 Foredom Flexible Shaft Power Tool or
any other type of hand held power tool . The shaft of the
arbor is fitted with a floating brass sleeve, allowing the arbor
to spin while the sleeve remains stationary. This unique
design allows the technician to apply a firm grasp and
greatly aids in maintaining control of the buff. The bushing
and screw that secure the buff to the arbor have a smooth
radius and help to prevent
FLOATING
BRASS SLEEVE
BUFF
1/2"
mm
(12.7mm
mm))
(12.7
1/4"
mm
(6.35mm
mm))
(6.35
3" (76.2
mm
(76.2mm
mm))
#6630 Buf
fing Wheel Arbor
Buffing
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
65
www.votawtool.com
BUFFING & POLISHING
Thirty years experience in the buffing room has led us to the types of compounds and buffs that we can now
offer to our customers. We believe these are the best products for the job, providing a truly professional finish.
MUSLIN BUFFS
Muslin cotton is an excellent material for use with tripoli, white, or emery compounds. The buffs
offered below are made from a tight weave (80/80 thread count) muslin which provides for long life
and good compound retention. (Looser weave material is more prone to shredding and quicker
deterioration.) Constructed with shellac reinforced centers and concentric stitching and designed to
be used with a tapered spindle. The 2" and 4" diameter buffs are great for use with our Foredom or
other hand held power tools and bench motors. (See our #6630 Buffing Wheel Arbor for use with
hand held power tools.)
#6565
#6568
#6567
#6566
8"
4"
2"
2"
aced stitching
(20.3cm) x 60 ply muslin buf
buff,f, 5 row 1/2" (12.7mm) sp
spaced
aced stitching
spaced
aced stitching
spaced
aced stitching
spaced
#6565
MUSLIN BUFF
FLANNEL BUFFS
Our 8” by 35 ply flannel buff is the standard in the industry for color / finish buffing using rouge
compounds. Designed for tapered spindle with single row stitching and shellac reinforced center.
Excellent quality Canton flannel material guarantees scratch free finishes and long life.
#6570 8” (20.3cm) x 35 ply flannel buf
bufff
ULTRA BUFFS
Our Ultra Buff is one of the best new items to come along to the buffing industry in a long time.
Designed for finish / color buffing with rouge compounds, the Ultra Buff is made from an extremely
fine, tightly woven fabric specially processed to provide a finer finish than flannel, and do so in a shorter
time. And because of the tight weave this buff not only holds compound better (less red rouge flying
thru the air) but also has practically none of the lint that flannel buffs have, which means they last far
longer. We guarantee finish buffing will never be the same again. Designed for tapered spindle with
double row stitching and shellac reinforced center.
#6573 8” (20.3cm) x 80 ply Ultra buf
bufff (80 ply is approx. 1¼” (31.8mm) thick)
#6574 6” (15.2cm) x 80 ply Ultra buf
bufff (80 ply is approx. 1¼” (31.8mm) thick)
#6570
FLANNEL BUFF
#6573
ULTRA BUFF
COMPOUNDS
Compounds consist of basically two components: abrasive
particles and a grease type binding agent. The abrasive
particles do the actual cutting or buffing and the grease
works as both a lubricant as well as an adhesive to keep the
abrasive on the buffing wheel. Two of the standard types of
compounds used on brass instruments are tripoli used
with a muslin buff for rough cutting, and red rouge used with
either our Ultra or flannel buff for finish / color buffing. There
are numerous varieties of tripoli and red rouge, each with
slightly different grades or grits of abrasive and each with a
unique ratio of abrasive and grease. The varieties offered
below provide the optimum in performance and finish.
#6580 Tripoli Buf
fing Compound
Buffing
2 lb. (0.91kg) bar - 2” (51mm) x 2” (51mm) x 10” (25.4cm)
#6582 Burns Red Rouge Buf
fing Compound
Buffing
2 lb. (0.91kg) bar - 1¼” (31.8mm) x 2” (51mm) x 6” (15.2cm)
#6581 White Diamond Buf
fing Compound
Buffing
An excellent compound for nickel plated keys.
Also works great for plastics and hard rubber. Use with muslin buff.
3/4 lb. (0.34kg) bar - 1" (25.4mm) x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) x 6" (15.2cm)
66
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
BUFFING SUITS
SILVER SOLDER
Whether doing light or heavy buffing these suits, made of
Tyvek® fabric, are outstanding for keeping clothing and
body clean while buffing, especially finish or color buffing
with red rouge. Large enough to slip right over clothing.
Now available in two colors - yellow for brass and silver for
nickel / silver and plated keys. Both of these solders have
excellent flow and strength properties. Flows at approx.
1,250° F (677° C). Sold in 4' length.
¾
¾
¾
¾
¾
¾
Reusable...
Reusable...tough enough to launder
and reuse.
Lightweight Comfort...
Comfort...weighs less
than 6 ounces.
Strong Fabric...
Fabric...has excellent
resistance to snags, tears, and
punctures. Anti-static and lint free so
buffing compound and lint from buffs
practically falls off.
Overcast Stitching...
Stitching...provides extra
seam strength.
Attached Hood...
Hood...permanently sewn to
body for durability and protection.
Elastic Borders...
Borders...cuffs, wrists, and
hood have sewn in elastic to keep dust out.
#3240 Silver Solder Yellow
#3241 Silver Solder Silver
SILVER SOLDER FLUX
J.W. Harris Company is the undisputed
leader in soldering products. Their StaySilv silver solder flux provides excellent
joint penetration and adhesion while
leaving a minimum of scale. One jar
will do hundreds of jobs.
#3249 SSttay-Silv Silver Solder Flux - 1/4 lb. Jar
Available in large and extra large sizes. If body height is 5'
10" or under order large. Over 5' 10" order X-Large.
#3200 Buf
fing Suit Large
Buffing
Buffing
#3201 Buf
fing Suit X-Large
Our Solder Board is a durable, non-asbestos, board that
will withstand temperatures up 2600°. Perfect for soft and
silver soldering. New design is less prone to crumble and
flake apart.
DENIM SHOP APRON
This shop apron measures 36" in length
and 28" wide and is made from blue 14
ounce denim. Has two pockets and
adjustable neck tie.
#3205 Shop Apron
Industrial grade Norton brand
emery cloth. Great for cork
trimming, finishing / cleaning
brass, and many other shop uses.
Durable cloth back. Easily
dispenses from the package, cut
or tear to desired length.
120 grit
1” X 50 YARD
Carborundum Abrasives
North America
Sold in 1" (25.4mm) by 50 yard (45.7m) roll.
Available in 4 grits.
Emery
Emery
Emery
Emery
Thickness:
Width:
Length:
1/2" (12.7mm)
6" (15.2cm)
12" (30.5cm)
#3230 Solder Board
SOLDER-AID
EMERY CLOTH
#3265
#3266
#3267
#3268
SOLDER BOARD
Cloth
Cloth
Cloth
Cloth
120
180
220
320
grit
grit
grit
grit
When clamping a part to be soldered is not practical,
our Solder-Aid works great as a third hand to apply
a little extra pressure and hold the part in place.
Lightweight and noncorrosive, the
ball end slips under the user's arm
while the notched end rests
against the part to be soldered.
The notched end is machined
using aluminum
so as not to act
as a heat sink.
Overall length is
21" (53cm).
#2675 Solder-Aid
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
67
www.votawtool.com
DIAMOND VALVE LAPPING COMPOUND
UHMW SHEET
This industrial grade diamond lapping compound is excellent
for completing repairs to damaged valve casings and pistons.
(See page 42 for valve lapping tips.)
This is the product repair shops have been waiting for. UHMW (ultra
high molecular weight) is a material that provides the low friction
characteristics of Teflon plus offers two features that make it a
superior product for use in the repair shop.
Diamond Crystals
The compound's diamond crystals offer superior cutting
action, making quick work of any size lapping job.
Superior Abrasion Resistance
UHMW has a higher resistance to breakdown
and wear making it more durable for dent work
as well as less likely to imbed itself with dirt or
grit.
Micro Fine Abrasive Rating
'Abrasive rating' refers to the size of the particles in a
compound that actually do the cutting, much like the term
'grit' is used in describing sandpaper. Because diamond
crystals are extremely resistant to breakdown their actual
size can be much smaller or finer than the abrasive particles
found in other types of compounds, a factor which results in
a smoother, more professional finish to the valve casing
and piston. The abrasive rating for our lapping compound
is 8 - 15 microns. (A micron is one thousandth of a millimeter
or approximately .00004".)
Water Soluble
Because the compound is water based it quickly and easily
washes out of the instrument with soap and water. No
special solvents needed.
Also performs well for working in tuning slides and key hinge
screw rods. Only a very small amount is needed - a 2 gram
supply will do many jobs. Comes in a handy, economical
syringe applicator with complete lapping instructions.
MESH SLEEVE
This durable polyethylene mesh sleeve is great for
storing and protecting mandrels from nicks and
scratches when not in use.
Easily expands to slide over
straight, tapered, or curved
mandrels. Available in four
different diameter sizes.
Sold by the running foot.
To Fit Mandrel O.D.
Sleeve
Sleeve
Sleeve
Sleeve
0..375”
0.625”
1.0”
1.5”
Ù Dent burnishers to prevent scratching of
lacquer or plating.
Ù Bell irons - cover the entire surface.
Ù Woodwind keys, levers, etc.
Available in two thicknesses.
#3050 UHMW Sheet
0.010" x 6" x 12" (0.254mm x 15.2cm x 30.5cm)
#3051 UHMW Sheet
0.005" x 6" x 12" (0.127mm x 15.2cm x 30.5cm)
Excellent material for tenon and tone hole replacement.
Sold by the running foot.
#3090 Diamond Lapping Compound - 2 Gram Syringe
#3091 Diamond Lapping Compound - 5 Gram Syringe
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Mesh
Works great for:
Ù Dent hammers to minimize hammer marks
on finish.
BLACK ABS
SEE PAGE 48 FOR OUR
VALVE BURNISHING &
LAPPING TOOL
#3260
#3261
#3262
#3263
Adhesive Backed
Simply wipe clean the surface of the tool or
part, cut UHMW to size, peel off the backing
and press on. This adhesive sticks.
-
0.625"
1.0”
1.5”
2.0”
GREEN
BLUE
RED
BLACK
diameter
#3130
#3132
#3134
#3136
Black
Black
Black
Black
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
Rod 1/2"
Rod 3/4"
Rod 1"
Rod 1 1/4"
12.7mm
19.0mm
25.4mm
15.9mm
ACCULUBE®
ACCULUBE ® is designed to lubricate and
reduce friction on all cutting tools and is one of
the best products to hit the machining industry
in years. Simply apply one drop to your drill bit,
cutting bur, tap, die, jeweler’s saw blade, or any
other cutting tool. Not only will the tool cut
significantly quicker and smoother,
ACCULUBE® also prevents the tool from dulling
and greatly extends its life. Comes in a 1 ounce bottle with
dispensing nozzle. Over 500 applications per ounce.
#3092 Acculube
68
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
SpectraGreen
ROTARY VALVE CORD
Our #3095 SpectraGreen rotary valve cord offers repair
technician's a totally new product for restringing french
horns and other rotary valve instruments.
Spectra is a synthetic fiber with a
much higher resistance to
www.votawtool.com
abrasion than nylon and Dacron
VOTAW TOOL C OMPANY
- you'll experience this when
SPRINGFIELD, MO
you try to cut a length off of
U.S.A.
30
yds.
27.43m
the spool with a scissors or
razor blade - it is tough to cut.
SpectraGreen
THREADLOCKER®
This is a new low strength thread locking solution specially
designed for use on small size screws. Threadlocker® is an
excellent remedy for all types of pivot screws, flute adjusting
or regulating screws, or any type of screw that is apt to move
due to key movement or resonant vibrations. Simply apply
one drop to the final 2-3 threads and tighten the screw in
normal manner.
Threadlocker® will provide enough strength to hold the
screw snugly in position, yet still easily allow future removal
or readjustment of the screw.
Sold in 6 ml. tube.
Rotary Valve Cord
And besides being totally
Cat. #3095
impervious to water and oil,
Spectra also has practically no
stretch to it - 75% less than nylon and Dacron,
providing solid, positive lever action.
Approximate diameter 0.025" - 0.030" (0.63mm - 0.76mm).
Solid moss-green color.
#3060 Threadlocker ® (6 ml. tube)
SURDUZSTIK
PAD CEMENT / HOT GLUE STICKS
#3095 SpectraGreen 30 yd (27.43m) SSpool
pool
ROTARY VALVE
RUBBER STOP CORD
Most suppliers offer an 'off the shelf'
rubber cord that is either too soft and
spongy (durometer rating of 50) or too
hard (durometer 70). Our cord has been
specifically designed and fabricated for
rotary valve instruments with an exact
durometer of 60, offering the proper
amount of resistance to the rotor stop.
Extruded from a very high grade of rubber, it greatly resists
drying out and turning hard over time. Far superior to and
longer lasting than cork and most often preferred by
professionals and teachers. Sold in 6" (15.24cm) lengths.
(See our #2131 French Horn String Tying Jig to make
adjusting and tying rotors and levers a quick easy task.)
#4000 Rubber SStop
top Cord
#4001 Rubber SStop
top Cord
3/16" (4.8mm)
1/4" (6.3mm)
BURNISHING TAPE
This clear, adhesive backed,
high density polyethylene tape
is designed to be applied
directly to the instrument for
burnishing dents. Simply wipe
clean surface to be burnished,
cut off necessary length, and apply tape to dented area as
needed. Practically guarantees no marring or scratching of
finish. Perfect for plated finishes. Care should be taken with
lacquered finishes as aggressive burnishing may crack the
lacquer and cause it to peel off when tape is removed.
Sold in 2" (50.8mm) x 100' (30.5m) roll.
#3049 Burnishing Tape
Votaw Tool Company is pleased to offer to our customers
SURDUZSTIK, a hot glue stick that we've had specially
formulated for the repair industry.
Besides being an excellent product for case repair, this glue
has characteristics that make it excellently suited as a pad
cement. It flows faster and sets up quicker than most other
types of hot glue and because there is no paraffin in the
formula, it does not "carbon" or turn black when used with
an open flame. The slim 5/16" diameter of the #3080 stick
allows for more precise application to smaller pads and key
cups and because the glue has little tendency to 'string out'
it's much less messy to use.
#3080 SURDUZSTIK 5/16" x 10" stick (bundle of 24)
#3081 SURDUZSTIK 1/2" x 10" stick (bundle of 24)
NO STIK GLUE PAD
This pad is designed to be used with SURDUZSTIK hot glue
sticks and makes a perfect resting place for either a glue
stick on the woodwind bench during pad work or to set a
glue gun over to catch run off from the
spout. Once the glue cools it lifts right off
the pad without sticking. 7" (17.8cm)
square.
#3089 No SStik
tik Glue Pad
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
CYANOACRYLATE GLUE
Votaw Tool Company offers three professional
grades of cyanoacrylate glues along with an
excellent accelerator that will not degrade
glue's strength. Work great for all types of
body repairs and general shop use. Store in a
cool, dry environment (a refrigerator is ideal).
INSTA-CURETM
An ultra low viscosity cyanoacrylate adhesive, this ultra thin
grade has a water-thin viscosity that wicks deep into joints
by capillary action and cures in a just a few seconds.
Surfaces to be bonded must be tight fitting and should be
held together while you apply the CA around the edges of
the seam. Sold in 1/2 oz (14.2 g) bottle.
#3210 Inst
a-Cure Cyanoacrylate - Ultra Thin
Insta-Cure
INSTA-CURE PLUSTM
A medium viscosity cyanoacrylate adhesive, this is a thicker
grade than our #3510 ultra thin and works best for loose
fitting joints in which the adhesive must bridge gaps.
Normally, this thicker grade is applied to one surface and
then the parts are held tightly together for about 5 to 15
seconds. To prevent premature curing, don’t spread the
glue into a thin film. Lay down a serpentine bead with about
1" (25 mm) separations on one surface, then assemble the
parts, letting the pressure spread the glue out. Sold in 1/2
oz (14.2 g) bottle.
#321
a-Cure Plus Cyanoacrylate - Medium
#32111 Inst
Insta-Cure
MAXI-CURETM
An extra high viscosity cyanoacrylate adhesive, this extra
thick grade is designed for filling large gaps and voids and
works best when used with INSTA-SET™ Accelerator
Accelerator.
After curing it can be cut and shaped with a file or knife and
sanded and feathered to form a finish indistinguishable
from plastic. Sold in 1/2 oz (14.2 g) bottle.
#3212 Maxi-Cure Plus Cyanoacrylate - Thick
INSTA-SET ACCELERATORTM
Inst-Set is a catalyst which acts as an
accelerator that allows super glues to quickly
cure. Spray INSTA-SET on glue that flows
from joints when parts are pressed together to
instantly cure. Applying an additional bead of
extra thick MAXI-CURE Super Glue along a
seam and then cure it with INSTA-SET to
significantly enhances a joint’s strength. For
difficult to bond materials, INSTA-SET can be
applied to one surface and glue to the opposite
surface. When brought together, they will bond
instantly. Activates glue in 6 to 8 seconds without any
degrading of the glue’s strength (which can occur with many
other accelerators). Compatible with all surfaces, even
clear plastic. Sold in 2 oz (59.2 g) spray bottle.
#3213 Inst
a-Set Cyanoacrylate Accelerator
Insta-Set
69
www.votawtool.com
DUALL #88 CORK CEMENT
DUALL #88 CORK CEMENT is the finest, most effective,
contact cement for gluing cork and felt, case repair, and
various other shop applications. Originally designed for the
shoe repair industry, this cement is highly resistant to water
and oil and has exceptionally strong holding power. And
unlike other available cements that are yellow or amber in
color, DUALL dries clear, resulting in a clean, neat glue job.
Available in three different sized
cans, each with a brush top
applicator. Many shops order a
small size can to use for daily
applications and the large 32 oz.
can for refills.
#3217
#3218
#3220
DUALL
DUALL
DUALL
Cement
Cement
Cement
-
4
8
32
oz.
oz.
oz.
Brush Top Can
Brush Top Can
Brush Top Can
Add thinner to the can if the cement becomes too thick to
apply (usually occurs if the top is left off of the can and the
cement is exposed to the air for an extended time.)
#3221 DUALL Thinner - 32 oz. Can
EPOXIES
We offer two types of industrial grade, 2 part epoxy.
Squeeze out equal length beads of resin and hardener, then
mix together thoroughly. Smooth, nonporous surfaces
should be roughened with coarse sandpaper to improve
adhesion. Acetone works as the best solvent for cleaning
epoxy from brushes and unwanted surfaces before it cures.
If epoxy gets on surfaces that acetone will attack, use
isopropyl alcohol. Sold in 2 part formula:
4 1/2 oz (128 g ) Hardener Squeeze Bottle
4 1/2 oz (128 g ) Resin Squeeze Bottle
QUIK-CURETM EPOXY
An industrial grade epoxy adhesive
that cures to a slightly flexible
consistency. This lack of brittleness
allows it to form a lasting bond in areas
subjected to high vibration or stress.
Working and clamping time is 5
minutes. Bonded items can be handled
after 15 minutes. Full strength is
reached in 1 hour.
#3214 Quik-Cure Epoxy (2 ppart)
art)
SLOW-CURETM EPOXY
An industrial grade epoxy adhesive
that cures to a higher strength than our
5 minute epoxy. Working and clamping
time is 30 minutes. Bonded items can
be handled after 8 hours. Full strength
is reached in 24 hours.
#3215 Slow-Cure Epoxy (2 ppart)
art)
70
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
CASE REPAIR
BANANA PEEL RIVETS
STANDARD POP RIVETS
This is the original Banana Peel Rivet and it is a real time
saver for case repair, providing nearly the same amount of
holding strength as a standard pop rivet without having to
use a back-up washer. Unlike similar type rivets that have
been around for years, these
rivets have 4 branches that
peel back to grip the
inside of the case. No
more having to tear
the insides of the
case apart. Simply
drill a 1/8" hole or use the existing hole and insert and set the
rivet with a standard rivet gun. Sizes listed are actual length
of body. Body Diameter: 1/8" (3.17mm)
All steel rivet (body and mandrel) for maximum holding
power. Use with #3038 or #3039 backup washer.
n
#3031 Pop Rivet - body length: 1/2" (12.7mm)
BACKUP WASHERS
#3038 SSttandard Back-up W
asher
Washer
n
n
mandrel
#3037 Banana Peel Rivet - body length: 1/2" (12.7mm)
CASE RENEW
Most problem case smells are a result of
being stored in a dark, damp location such
as a basement or closet where musty smelling
bacteria are allowed to form. This product
was designed for industries that need to
actually eradicate this bacteria, removing
the source of the odor, not just covering it up
with a sweet smelling scent. Spray the inside
of the case with a fine mist and leave open to
dry. Guaranteed effective. A 16 oz. bottle will
do over a hundred cases.
mandrel
n
body
Body Diameter: 1/8" (3.17mm)
body
Standard size steel washer.
Outside diameter: 3/8" 9.5mm
Hole diameter: 1/8" 3.17
#3039 Oversize Backup W
asher
Washer
Oversize steel washer, work especially well on molded
plastic or thin wooden cases where extra reinforcement is
needed.
Outside diameter: 1/2 12.7mm
Hole diameter: 1/8" 3.17
Removing old, broken hardware can be a frustrating
and time consuming part of case repair, especially if
you are using low grade steel cutters. Our #6623 or
#6625 Carbide Burs (page 20) used with our #3092
ACCULUBE (page 67) will quickly and easily cut
through old rivet heads or stems with a minimum of
heat buildup and really speed the job up.
#3070 Case Renew with SSpray
pray Bottle
#3071 Case Renew Refill
RIVET GUN
Heavy duty formed steel (not cast) construction. Slim design for getting into tight
spaces. Complete with three interchangeable heads for 1/8" (3.17mm), 5/32"
(3.96mm), and 3/16" (4.76mm) size rivets. Excellent quality, made in England.
Overall length - 10.5" (27cm)
#21
12 Rivet Gun
#2112
RIVET-EZE
case lining
Rivet-Eze
case shell
case latch,
hinge, etc.
rivet
Our new Rivet-Eze offers real help for installing rivets with a steel backup washer when
doing case repair. Each end has a recessed hole for holding either a standard sized
backup washer - 3/8" diameter, or an oversize washer - 1/2" diameter. Embedded
opposite each recess is a high strength magnet to hold the washer in place. Simply place
the washer in the Rivet-Eze recessed area and insert the tool down between the case
lining and the case shell, insert and set the rivet.
The slim design, only 1/8" thick by 3/4" wide, allows steady positioning of the washer in
tight places without having to completely pull the case lining or cushion apart.
magnet backup washer
#21
10 Rivet-Eze
#2110
MAGNET
MAGNET
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
ITEMS DESIGNATED WITH VALANCE CUTOUT
ARE DESIGNED FOR MOLDED CASES
WITH AN EDGING OR VALANCE.
71
www.votawtool.com
CASE HARDWARE
ALL HINGES & LATCHES ARE NICKEL PLATED
(EXCEPT AS NOTED)
#3414 SStop
top Hinge
Flush Mount
width: 1.1" (28mm)
height: 2" (51mm)
#3413 SStop
top Hinge
Flush Mount
width: 1.5 (38mm)
height: 2.5" (64mm)
#341
top Hinge
#34111 SStop
Flush Mount
width: 1.5" (38mm)
height: 2.8" (71mm)
#3419 Hinge
w/Valance Cutout
width: 1.7" (43mm)
height: 1.5" (33mm)
cutout: 0.8" (20mm)
#3418 Hinge
#3410 Hinge
Flush Mount
width: 1.3" (33mm)
height: 1.6" 42mm)
#3400 Angle Brace
Flush Mount
width: 0.75" (19mm)
height: 0.6" (16mm)
CASE FEET / STUDS
sharp bend
width: 0.63" (16mm)
length from
bend to end: 1.3" (33mm)
Easy to install:
¾ Drill 1/8” hole in case
bottom or use existing
hole.
¾ Insert #3035 Banana
Peel Rivet through
stud and into case
hole and set rivet.
#3401 Angle Brace
radiused bend
width: 0.63" (16mm)
length from
bend to end: 1.3" (33mm)
Flush Mount
width: 1" (25mm)
height: 0.9" (22mm)
#3417 Hinge
#3470 Case SStud
tud
#3475 Mouthpiece
Grommet Insert
Height: 0.5" (13mm)
Diameter: 0.875" (22mm)
k
72
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
CASE HARDWARE
ALL HINGES & LATCHES ARE NICKEL PLATED
(EXCEPT AS NOTED)
ITEMS DESIGNATED WITH VALANCE CUTOUT
ARE DESIGNED FOR MOLDED CASES
WITH AN EDGING OR VALANCE.
#3433 Drawbolt
#3431 Drawbolt
w/Valance Cutout
width: 1.4" (35mm)
height: 2.4" (60mm)
cutout: 0.8" (20mm)
Flush Mount
width: 1.5" (38mm)
height: 2.7" (69mm)
#3434 Drawbolt
Flush Mount
width: 1.8" (45mm)
height: 3.2" (82mm)
#3440 Latch
#3446 Drawbolt
Flush Mount
width: 1.3" (33mm)
height: 2.1" (54mm)
Flush Mount
width: 1.3" (33mm)
height: 1.8" (46mm)
#3439 Latch
#3430 Latch
Flush Mount
width: 1.3" (33mm)
height: 1.3" (33mm)
Flush Mount
width: 1.25" (32mm)
height: 1.8" (46mm)
#3435 Latch
Molded Case
width: 0.7" (17mm)
height: 2" (51mm)
#3436 Latch
molded case
width: 1" (25mm)
height: 2.2" (57mm)
#3438 Latch
Flush Mount
diameter: 1.7" (43mm)
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
73
www.votawtool.com
CASE HARDWARE
HASP
LOCK
#3442 Cut-Out Lock with Hasp & Key - Nickel
#3460 Hasp only - Nickel
#3461 Hasp only - Brass
#3444
#3462
#3463
lock width: 2.3" (58mm)
lock height: 1.3" (33mm)
lock cutout hole:
1.7" x 1.0" X 0.2" (43mm x 25mm x 5mm)
hasp width: 1.6" (42mm)
hasp height: 1.9" (48mm)
5 1/4"
133mm
#3456 Plastic Handle - Black
Flute and clarinet case replacement
handles. Two Rings included..
Leather Case Handle
Buckle-On
length: 6 3/4" (171mm)
#3452 Case Handle
#3453 Case Handle
Black
Brown
Cut-Out Lock with Hasp & Key - Nickel
Hasp only - Nickel
Hasp only - Brass
lock width: 2.7" (68mm)
lock height: 1.6" (42mm)
lock cutout hole:
1.7" x 1.0" X 0.2" (43mm x 25mm x 5mm)
hasp width: 1.6" (42mm)
hasp height: 2.2" (56mm)
4 1/2"
114mm
4 1/4"
108mm
#3457 Heavy Duty
Plastic Handle - Black
Leather Case Handle with heavy
gauge steel reinforcement for the
heaviest of cases.
Buckle on
Length 6 3/4" (171mm)
#3450 Case Handle
#3451 Case Handle
Black
Brown
#3458 Standard Duty
Plastic Handle - Black
Leather Case Handle
Side buckle
Length 5 1/2" (140mm)
#3454 Case Handle
#3455 Case Handle
Black
Brown
74
800-894-8665
GEMEINHARDT
2NP FLUTE PLA
TEAU
PLATEAU
CLOSED HOLE / NICKEL PLA
TED
PLATED
SCREWS & STEELS
Our #
G81-1025
G81-1023
G81-1012
G81-1027
G81-1035
G81-1037
G81-1031
G81-1033
G81-1045
Mfr. #
50874
50467
70014
70016
50875
70021
70018
70020
70024
G81-1047
G81-1039
G81-1041
G81-1029
70023
70028
70139
70022
Pivot Screw
Pad Retaining Screw
Flat Spring Screw
Key Adjusting Screw
C# Key Screw
Thumb Keys Screw
G/A Key Screw
G# Key Screw
Left or Right Section Steel
(no pin holes)
Trill Section Steel (no pin holes)
Foot Joint (C) Steel (Screw)
Foot Joint (B) Steel (Screw)
Roller Screw (low C key)
2NP FLUTE PLA
TEAU
PLATEAU
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
Our #
G81-5523
G81-1051
G81-1055
G81-1057
G81-1059
G81-3153
Mfr. #
10800
10724
70035
70025
10702
20055
Pad Set
Pad Washer
Pad Spud (solders in key cup)
Pinning Needle
Flat Spring
Roller - C Key (foot joint)
Nickel Plated
2SP PLA
TEAU FLUTE
PLATEAU
CLOSED HOLE / SIL
VER PLA
TED
SILVER
PLATED
SCREWS & STEELS
Same as 2NP
Head Crown Assembly
crown, stem, and disc (no cork)
G81-2327 20448
Head Crown
G81-2329 20628
Head Crown Stem
G81-2331 70004
Head Crown Stem Disc
G81-2335 10874
Lip Plate with Riser
G81-2321 10441
Head Joint - J1
G81-2325 10877
Barrel
G81-2315 10845
Body (offset G) w/springs
G81-2340 70044NP Lower Body Ring
Foot Joint w/springs
G81-2317 20053
G81-2341 70030
Foot Joint Ring (upper)
G81-2343 70031
Foot Joint Ring (lower)
10825
10823
10824
20034
20048
20035
20036
20037
20038
20039
20040
20041
20042
20043
20044
20045
20046
20047
20049
20050
20051
GEMEINHARDT
MISCELLANEOUS
BODY PARTS
G81-2332 10831
KEYS
G81-3175
G81-3171
G81-3173
G81-3115
G81-3143
G81-3117
G81-3119
G81-3121
G81-3123
G81-3125
G81-3127
G81-3129
G81-3131
G81-3133
G81-3135
G81-3137
G81-3139
G81-3141
G81-3145
G81-3147
G81-3149
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
Trill Section Complete
Left Hand Section Complete
Right Hand Section Complete
D# Trill Key (w/attached shaft)
D# Trill Key Spatula
D Trill Key
C Key
B Thumb Key
Bb Thumb Lever
Bb Key
A Key
Bb Auxiliary Lever
G Key
G# Key
F# Key
F Key
E Key
D Key
D# Key (foot joint)
C# Key (foot joint)
C Key (foot joint)
BODY PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
G81-5032 10820
G81-5027
G81-5029
G81-2331
G81-5035
G81-5021
G81-5025
G81-5015
G81-5040
G81-5017
G81-5041
G81-5043
20447
20446
70004
10875
10090
10877
10844
70044
20020
70030
70031
Head Crown Assembly
crown,stem, and disc, (no cork)
Head Crown
Head Crown Stem
Lip Plate with Riser
Head Joint - J1
Barrel
Body (offset G) w/springs
Lower Body Ring
Foot Joint w/springs
KEYS
G81-5175
G81-5171
G81-5173
G81-5115
G81-5143
G81-5117
G81-5119
G81-5121
G81-5123
G81-5125
G81-5127
G81-5129
G81-5131
G81-5133
G81-5135
G81-5137
G81-5139
G81-5141
G81-5145
10828
10826
10827
20004
20018
20005
20006
20007
20008
20009
20010
20011
20012
20013
20014
20015
20016
20017
20022
Trill Section Complete
Left Hand Section Complete
Right Hand Section Complete
D# Trill Key (w/attached shaft)
D# Trill Key Spatula
D Trill Key
C Key
B Thumb Key
Bb Thumb Lever
Bb Key
A Key
Bb Auxiliary Lever
G Key
G# Key
F# Key
F Key
E Key
D Key
D# Key (foot joint)
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
GEMEINHARDT
G81-5147 20023
G81-5149 20024
2SP FLUTE CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
MISCELLANEOUS
Our #
Mfr. #
G81-5153 20025
Roller - C Key (foot joint)
Silver Plated
Other MISCELLANEOUS parts same as 2NP
2SH PLA
TEAU FLUTE
PLATEAU
CLOSED HOLE / SIL
VER PLA
TED KEYS & BODY
SILVER
PLATED
SOLID SIL
VER HEAD
SILVER
BODY PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
G81-5041 70030
G81-5043 70031
75
GEMEINHARDT
C# Key (foot joint)
C Key (foot joint)
2SP PLA
TEAU FLUTE
PLATEAU
www.votawtool.com
G81-1051 10724
G81-1055 70035
G81-1057 70025
Pad Washer
Pad Spud (solders in key cup)
Pinning Needle
3, 3B, 3S, 3SB, 3SH, 3SHB
FRENCH FLUTE (CONT
.)
(CONT.)
BODY PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
G82-1124 20088
G82-0122 20086
B Key (Foot Joint)
B Foot Joint
Silver Plated with Springs
Other BODY parts same as 2SP except for main body, foot
joint and head joint.
4P PICCOLO
ALL OTHER PARTS SEE 2SP
2S PLA
TEAU FLUTE
PLATEAU
CLOSED HOLE / SIL
VER PLA
TED KEYS
SILVER
PLATED
SOLID SIL
VER HEAD & BODY
SILVER
PLASTIC BODY & HEAD
SCREWS & STEELS
Our #
G81-1025
G86-1027
G86-1033
G86-1035
G86-1037
G86-1043
Mfr. #
70089
50648
50362
70240
70239
70497
Pivot Screw
Rib Screw
C Key Screw
Thumb Keys Screw
G# Key Screw
Left Hand Section Steel
(no pin holes)
Right Hand Section Steel
(no pin holes)
D# Key Screw
Trill Section Steel (no pin holes)
ALL PARTS SAME AS 2SP EXCEPT BODY & FOOT
JOINT
G86-1039 70236
3, 3B, 3S, 3SB, 3SH, 3SHB
FRENCH FLUTE OPEN HOLE
BODY PARTS
Head Crown Assembly - crown,
G86-2467 10829
stem, and disc, (nocork)
G86-2451 70258
Head Crown
G86-2461 20483
Head Crown Stem
G86-2465 20481
G86-2365 10811
Head Joint (complete w/crown
assembly)
G86-2315 20235
Body with posts and springs
G86-2317 50374
Body without posts, spring or barrel
SCREWS & STEELS
Our #
Mfr. #
G81-1041 70139
G81-1043 70297
Foot (B) Keys Screw
Roller Screw (low B and C keys)
Other SCREW & STEEL parts same as 2NP
MISCELLANEOUS
Pad Set - all open hole models
G81-5522 10883
G81-1053 10899
Pad Grommet
(metal snap-in pad retaining ring)
G81-1065 10816
Plug Set / open hole key plugs
plastic - set of 5
G81-1067 10867
Plug Set / open hole key plugscork with metal disc - set of 5
G81-5155 20092
Roller - B and C Keys (foot joint)
G81-1059 10702
Flat Spring
G86-1031 70241
G86-1045 70227
MISCELLANEOUS
Pad Set
G86-1076 10734
G86-1048 70246
Head Cork
76
800-894-8665
GEMEINHARDT
G86-3345 10940
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
D# Key (Low) Plastic Body
GEMEINHARDT
G86-3346 10940
G86-1048 70246
D# Key (Low) Metal Body
Head Cork
4PMH, 4PSH PICCOLO
4W
TD PICCOLO
4W,, 4WSSK, KG LLTD
BODY PARTS
SCREWS & STEELS
PLASTIC BODY
AL HEAD
BODY,, MET
METAL
Our #
Mfr. #
G86-2469 10830
G86-2453
G86-2463
G86-2465
G86-2375
G86-2367
20480
20482
20481
30256
10921
G86-2369 10923
Other SCREW & STEEL parts same as 4P
Head Crown Assembly
crown, stem, and disc, (no cork)
Head Crown
Head Crown Stem
Lip Plate
Head Joint - silver plate
(complete w/crown assembly)
Head Joint - solid silver
BODY PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
G86-2471 10821
G86-2455 70265
G86-2463 20482
G86-2465 20481
Head Crown Assembly
Head Crown
Head Crown Stem
OTHER
MISCELLANEOUS
G86-1076 10734
G86-1048 70246
WOOD HEAD & BODY
Pad Set
Head Cork
Our #
Mfr. #
G86-1077 10754
G86-1048 70589
Pad Set
Head Cork - (Wood)
ALL OTHER PARTS SAME AS 4P
4S, 4SP
4SP,, 4RS, 4RSP
4RSP,, 4SS,
4SH, 4RSH PICCOLO
MET
AL BODY AND HEAD
METAL
SCREWS & STEELS
Our #
Mfr. #
Left Hand Section Steel (no pin
G86-1041 70233
holes)
Other SCREW & STEEL parts same as 4P
BODY PARTS
G86-2469 10830
G86-2453
G86-2463
G86-2465
G86-2375
G86-2367
20480
20482
20481
30256
10921
G86-2369 10923
G86-2335 30158
G86-2345 30380
www
.vot
awtool.com
www.vot
.votawtool.com
Head Crown Assembly
Head Crown
Head Crown Stem
Lip Plate
Head Joint - silver plate
Head Joint - solid silver
Body 4SP with posts and springs
Body 4RSP (rolled tone holes)
with posts and springs
MISCELLANEOUS
Pad Set
G86-1075 10802
TE
DATE
PRODUCT LISTING AND PRICES
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
HOLTON
HOLTON
CA 602 CONTRA AL
TO CLARINET
ALT
C602, C603 BB CORNET
Our #
V67-6103
V67-6025
V67-6001
WATERKEY PARTS
Mfr. #
CB303-2A Center Joint Ring
VCB3560 Adjusting Screw
CB200
Pivot Screw
CB 604 CONTRA BASS CLARINET
SEE CA 602 CONTRA ALTO CLARINET
CL612, CL614 B
Bbb SOPRANO CLARINET
BODY PARTS
77
www.votawtool.com
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
SEE T602 TRUMPET
MAIN SLIDE PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
Crook (C602, C605)
H11-3408 27-5
H11-3410 27-5-1
Crook (C603)
H11-3420 505-4-2 Lower Pipe - Outer
H11-3422 A201-4-4 Lower Pipe - Inner
H11-3435 C602K-4-13
Ferrule
1ST SLIDE PARTS
H12-4201 330-006-1 Pipe - Outside
H12-4251 509-46
Nib
Gloss Finish Only
Our #
Mfr. #
H61-0101 CL612-2AMUpper Joint
H61-0301 2388H
Bell - without Bell Ring
2ND SLIDE PARTS
O 7212, 7214
ALL OTHER PARTS SEE VIT
VITO
Bb SOPRANO CLARINET
3RD SLIDE PARTS
H12-5001 330-6221RS 3rd Slide Assembly
(with waterkey)
H12-5201 330-009 Upper Pipe - Inside
H12-5206 330-010 Ferrule
(connects upper inner pipe to valve port)
H12-5261 330-008 Lower Pipe - Outside
H12-5350 330-117 Finger Ring (3rd Slide)
H12-5300 330-043-1 Finger Ring Screw
AC602 AL
TO CLARINET
ALT
SEE VITO 7165 ALTO CLARINET
BC602, BC604 BASS CLARINET
BODY PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H66-0100 BC602U Upper Joint - Serial # 'E' and above
O 7166, 7168 BASS
ALL OTHER PARTS SEE VIT
VITO
CLARINET
H12-4500 330-621-1RS
2nd Slide Assembly
H12-4751 330-007 Pipe - Outside
H12-4251 509-46
Nib
MOUTHPIPE PARTS
H11-6001 504-3RB Mouthpipe
H11-6201 C602K-2 Mouthpiece receiver
BRACES
H12-7021 602-24
H12-7022 602-25
H12-7025 330-004
Bell to 2nd Valve
Mouthpipe to 2nd Valve
1st Slide Upper to Lower Pipes
OTHER
C602, C603 B
B CORNET
BB
H12-8311
T602K-9 Ferrule - Bell to 1st Valve Port
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our#
Mfr. #
H11-0101 C602F-32 Piston #1
H11-0111 C602-33 Piston #2
H11-0121 C602-34 Piston #3
H11-0610 604-79
Valve Stem
H11-0861 S18-505-180
Valve Spring
OTHER VALVE SECTION PARTS SEE T602 TRUMPET
C605 COLLEGIA
TE B
B CORNET
COLLEGIATE
BB
VALVE SECTION PARTS
See T602 TRUMPET
WATERKEY PARTS
See T602 TRUMPET
ALL OTHER PARTS SEE C602 / C603
78
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
HOLTON
HOLTON
T101, LLT101
T101 B B TRUMPET
ST303 BB TRUMPET
VALVE SECTION PARTS
WATERKEY PARTS
Our #
H12-0501
H12-0700
H12-0800
H12-1002
H12-1003
See T602
Mfr. #
32029
C1802
320069
32031
32031
Finger Button
Valve Guide
Valve Spring
Bottom Valve Cap - Nickel
Bottom Valve Cap - Silver
Waterkey Nipple-3rd Slide
Waterkey Nipple-3rd Slide
3RD SLIDE PARTS
H12-5415 320213
H12-5420 320211
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
ST305 B
B TRUMPET
BB
VALVE SECTION PARTS
WATERKEY PARTS
H12-3121 330101
H12-2421 330182
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
Our #
Mfr. #
Valve Guide
H12-0700 C1802
Other valve section parts see T101
WATERKEY PARTS
Nut, 3rd Slide Stop
Stop Rod, 3rd Slide
See T602
3RD SLIDE PARTS
See T101
T102, T103 B
B TRUMPET
BB
VALVE SECTION PARTS
See T101
ST306 MF B
B TRUMPET
BB
VALVE SECTION PARTS
WATERKEY PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
Valve Guide
H12-0700 C1802
See T101
3RD SLIDE PARTS
H12-5401 3300421 Screw, 3rd Slide Stop
WATERKEY PARTS
See T602
3RD SLIDE PARTS
LT302 MF B
B TRUMPET
BB
See T101
VALVE SECTION PARTS
H12-0700 C1802
Valve Guide
WATERKEY PARTS
See T602
3RD SLIDE PARTS
See T101
ST303 B
B TRUMPET
BB
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H12-0500 300647
H12-1004 300142
Finger Button
Bottom Valve Cap - Nickel
ST550 MF ADMIRAL B
B TRUMPET
BB
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H12-0600 509-79
Valve Stem
H12-0701 G2T602-153
Valve Guide
H12-0801 S14-11
Valve Spring
H12-1101 W4-70
Felt - Valve Stem
H12-1201 W4-80
Felt - Top Valve Cap
H12-0101 T602F-32 Piston #1 - .661"
H12-0102 T602F-32 Piston #1 - .665"
H12-0211 T602-33 Piston #2 - .661"
H12-0212 T602-33 Piston #2 - .665"
H12-0301 T602-34 Piston #3 - .661"
H12-0302 T602-34 Piston #3 - .665"
ST550 TRUMPET CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
HOLTON
79
www.votawtool.com
HOLTON
ST550 MF ADMIRAL B
Bbb TRUMPET
T602 COLLEGIA
TE B
COLLEGIATE
Bbb TRUMPET
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
WATERKEY PARTS
See T602
MAIN SLIDE PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H12-3400 330-6231RS Main Slide Assembly
(w/waterkey)
H12-3515 330-181-1 Crook
H12-3729 330-193 Lower Pipe - Inside
H12-3731 330-191 Ferrule
2ND SLIDE PARTS
H12-4500 330-621-1RS 2nd Slide Assembly
3RD SLIDE PARTS
H12-5001 330-6221RS 3rd Slide Assembly (w/waterkey)
H12-5206 330-010 Ferrule
(connects upper inner pipe to valve port)
H12-5416 550213 Nut, 3rd Slide Stop
H12-5420 320211 Stop Rod, 3rd Slide
H12-5431 320212 Stop Rod Screw
H12-5435 55096A Stop Rod Guide
H12-5440 55096
Stop Post Rod Receiver
BRACES
H12-7035 330-002-1 Bell to Main Slide
H12-7037 330-003-1 Bell to Mouthpiece Receiver
H12-7021 602-24
Bell to 2nd Valve
H12-7022 602-25
H12-7024 507-73
Main Slide Outer Pipes - Socket
H12-7025 330-004 1st Slide Upper to Lower Pipes
OTHER
H12-8201 509-402 Bell (unlacquered)
H12-8311 T602K-9 Ferrule - Bell to 1st Valve Port
H12-8375 330-076 Lyre Bracket (3rd-Main Slide Brace)
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
VALVE SECTION PARTS (CONT.)
Our #
Mfr. #
H12-0101 T602F-32 Piston #1 - .661" - DISCONTINUED
H12-0102 T602F-32 Piston #1 - .665"
H12-0211 T602-33 Piston #2 - .661"
H12-0212 T602-33 Piston #2 - .665"
H12-0301 T602-34 Piston #3 - .661"
H12-0302 T602-34 Piston #3 - .665"
WATERKEY PARTS
H12-2000 330-636-1RS Waterkey Set - Main Slide
includes waterkey, screw, and spring
note: waterkey available in set only.
H12-2700 330-638-1RS Waterkey Set - 3rd Slide
H12-2300 330-041-1 Screw
H12-2201 330-037 Spring - Main Slide
H12-2915 330-039 Spring - 3rd Slide
H12-2401 330-183 Saddle - Main Slide
H12-3101 330-102 Saddle - 3rd Slide
H12-2421 330-182 Nipple - Main Slide
H12-3121 330-101 Nipple - 3rd Slide
MAIN SLIDE PARTS
H12-3400 330-6231RS Main Slide Assembly
(w/waterkey)
H12-3515 330-181-1 Crook
MAIN SLIDE PARTS
H12-3729
H12-3721
H12-3701
H12-3731
330-193
330-014
330-015
330-191
Lower Pipe - Inside
Upper Pipe - Outside
Lower Pipe - Outside
Ferrule
1ST SLIDE PARTS
1st Slide Assembly
H12-4001 330-620-1RS
H12-4201 330-006-1 Pipe - Outside
H12-4251 509-46
Nib
T602 COLLEGIA
TE B
COLLEGIATE
Bbb TRUMPET
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
H12-0502
H12-0600
H12-0701
H12-0900
H12-1001
H12-1101
H12-1201
H12-0801
Mfr. #
602-29
Finger Button
509-79
Valve Stem
G2T602-153 Valve Guide
602-30
Valve Cap - Top
602-31
Valve Cap - Bottom
W4-70
Felt - Valve Stem
W4-80
Felt - Top Valve Cap
S14-11
Valve Spring
2ND SLIDE PARTS
2nd Slide Assembly
H12-4500 330-621-1RS
H12-4751 330-007 Pipe - Outside
H12-4251 509-46
Nib
T602 TRUMPET CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
80
800-894-8665
HOLTON
T602 COLLEGIA
TE B
COLLEGIATE
Bbb TRUMPET
HOLTON
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
3RD SLIDE PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H12-5001 330-6221RS 3rd Slide Assembly
(w/waterkey)
H12-5206 330-010 Ferrule (connects upper inner
pipe to valve port)
H12-5261 330-008 Lower Pipe - Outside
H12-5350 330-117 Finger Ring (3rd Slide)
H12-5300 330-043-1 Finger Ring Screw
H12-5361 300-688 Finger Ring Bracket
H12-5401 330-042-1 3rd Slide Stop Screw
BRACES
H12-7024
H12-7023
H12-7025
H12-7031
H12-7035
H12-7037
H12-7021
H12-7022
507-73
Main Slide Outer Pipes - Socket
330-336 Main Slide Outer Pipes - Rod
330-004 1st Slide Upper to Lower Pipes
330-011-1 3rd Slide to Main Slide
(takes Stop Screw)
330-002-1 Bell to Main Slide
330-003-1 Bell to Mouthpiece Receiver
602-24
602-25
Bell to 2nd Valve
MOUTHPIPE PARTS
H12-6101 T1-2C-RB Mouthpipe
H12-6201 T602K-2 Mouthpiece Receiver
H12-6400 F2-303-025 Finger Hook
OTHER
H12-8201 509-402 Bell (unlacquered)
H12-8311 T602K-9 Ferrule - Bell to 1st Valve Port
H12-8375 330-076 Lyre Bracket (3rd-Main Slide Brace)
TR100 TENOR TROMBONE
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H21-8301 R6550
Lockring Catch
H21-8326 W4519124 Corkstop Bumper
H21-8402 TR100109Brace Socket / Flange
H22-3100 400-609RS Waterkey Set (waterkey, screw,
and spring)
Note: waterkey available in
set only.
H22-3502 S1741
Waterkey Screw
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
See TR100
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
WITH F ATT
ACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
H21-5201
H21-5301
H32-1800
H21-5601
H32-1150
H21-5627
H32-1600
H32-1700
H32-1900
Mfr. #
168406 Bearing Plate
16831
Rotor Cap
77401A Rotor Stop Arm
TR658250Thumb Lever
F331
Thumb Lever Screw
168-180 Thumb Lever Spring
77116
Cork Stop Plate
F321
Cork Stop Plate Screw
F-54A
Rotor Screw
(large head, secures Stop Arm to Rotor Stem)
BRACES
H22-1704 166A-146 Inner Slide Brace
H22-1503 AR1-41 Flange, Brace
INNER SLIDE PARTS
H22-1302 TR150132Mouthpipe (Venturi Tube)
H22-1100 166A130L Slide Pipe (both)
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
H22-1201 166A68 Lock Ring
Other outer slide parts see TR100
INNER SLIDE PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
See TR150
WITH F ATT
ACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H21-5502 TR181401ARotor Stop Arm
H21-5751 TR180251Ball Socket
H21-5771 TR158252Linkage Rod
H21-5602 TR162-250 Thumb Lever
H21-5628 S1877-1804
Thumb Lever Spring
Other valve section parts same as TR150
TR158 TROMBONE CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
HOLTON
HOLTON
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
BRACES
Our #
Mfr. #
H22-1705 158-146
H22-1503 AR1-41
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
See TR150
WITH F ATT
ACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H21-5701 S12TR180347
Lever Ball Screw
H21-5628 S1877-1804
Thumb Lever Spring
BRACES
Inner Slide Brace
Flange, Brace
INNER SLIDE PARTS
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
See TR150
WITH F ATT
ACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H21-5701 S12TR180347
Lever Ball Screw
H21-5628 S1877-1804
Thumb Lever Spring
See TR150
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
Brace, Inner Slide
Flange, Brace
BRACES
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
See TR150
INNER SLIDE PARTS
H22-1705 158-146
H22-1503 AR1-41
81
www.votawtool.com
TR602 COLLEGIA
TE TENOR
COLLEGIATE
TROMBONE
BELL SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H21-1302 512-81BR Front Brace Socket / Flange
Bell Side
H21-1301 NR1-30ABR Front Brace Socket / Flange
Receiver Side
H21-0803 AR1-31 Front Brace Rod
H21-0901 515-86BR Rear Brace Socket / Ferrule
Bell Side
H21-0904 515-91BR Rear Brace Socket / Ferrule
Receiver Side
H21-0802 513-75-1 Rear Brace Rod
H21-0601 R63-58 Gooseneck
H21-1201 602K-10 Handslide Receiver
H21-1251 515-85
Handslide Locknut
TUNING SLIDE PARTS
H21-0101 4306091RS Tuning Slide - lacquered
H21-0201 R63-57 Crook
H21-0301 R63-62 Pipe - Large - Inside
H21-1101 R63-61 Pipe - Large - Outside
H21-0401 R63-64 Pipe - Small - Inside
H21-1151 R63-63 Pipe - Small - Outside
H21-0902 515-93BR Brace Socket / Flange - Large
H21-0903 515-89BR Brace Socket / Flange - Small
H21-0802 513-75-1 Brace Rod - new style
rod acts as counterweight
H21-0801 R63-31A Brace Rod - old style
uses attachable round counterweight
INNER SLIDE PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H22-1401 658-116 Mouthpiece Receiver
H22-1301 400-114 Mouthpipe (Venturi Tube)
H22-1601 515-42
Cork Barrel - Mouthpiece Side
H22-1200 515-68
Lock Ring
H22-1251 65-48BR Lock Ring Stop Ferrule
H22-1451 430-026A Bell Receiver End Shank
H22-1551 515-39
Cork Barrel - Bell Side
H22-1651 515-80
Cork Barrel Ferrule
H22-1501 TR602-51 Brace Socket / Flange
H22-1701 AR1-8A Brace Tube
H22-1104 430-025 Slide Pipe (same for both upper
and lower - cut length to fit)
TR602 TROMBONE CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
82
800-894-8665
HOLTON
HOLTON
TR602 COLLEGIA
TE TENOR
COLLEGIATE
TROMBONE (CONT
.)
(CONT.)
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
H21-8100 430-6621 Slide Pipe w/Outer Sleeve & Ferrule
H21-8251 430-047P Outer Sleeve
H21-8201 430-012 Outer Sleeve Ferrule
H21-8401 612-109BR Brace Socket / Flange
H21-8451 R1-5
Brace Tube
H21-8551 430-131 Bow
H21-8501 401-061BR Ferrule - Slide Pipe to Bow
H21-8601 430-710 Bow Guard
H21-8651 430-019 Rubber Nipple
H22-3101 430-615-1RS Waterkey Set
H22-3401 430-017 Waterkey Spring
H22-3501 430-018 Waterkey Screw
H22-3301 430-720 Waterkey Saddle
H21-8301 R6550
Lockring Catch
H21-8325 W463124 Corkstop Bumper
TR680 COLLEGIA
TE TENOR
COLLEGIATE
TROMBONE WITH F ATT
ACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
TUNING SLIDE PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H21-0401 R63-64
Pipe - Small - Inside
VALVE SECTION PARTS
H21-5201
H21-5301
H32-1800
H21-5601
H32-1150
H21-5627
H32-1600
H32-1700
H32-1900
168406 Bearing Plate
16831
Rotor Cap
77401A Rotor Stop Arm
TR658250Thumb Lever
F331
Thumb Lever Screw
168-180 Thumb Lever Spring
77116
Cork Stop Plate
F321
Screw, Cork Stop Plate
F54A
Screw, Rotor
BRACES
H22-1503 AR1-41
H22-1703 519-146
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
Flange, Brace
Brace, Inner Slide
INNER SLIDE PARTS
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
Catch, Lockring
H21-8301 R6550
H21-8326 W4519124 Bumper, Corkstop
H22-3100 400-609RS Waterkey Set
H22-3502 S1741
Screw, Waterkey
TR690 V
AL
VE TROMBONE
VAL
ALVE
BELL SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H21-0601 R63-58 Gooseneck
H21-0801 R63-31A Brace Rod (rear bell)
H21-1251 515-85
Handslide Locknut
VALVE SECTION PARTS
H12-0502
H12-0900
H12-1001
H12-1101
H12-1201
H12-7021
60229
60230
60231
W470
W480
60224
Finger Button
Top Valve Cap
Bottom Valve Cap
Felt Washer - Stem
Felt Washer - Top Valve Cap
Brace - bell to 2nd valve
TUNING SLIDE PARTS
H22-3301 430-720 Saddle, Waterkey
Other tuning slide parts same as TR602
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
See TR680
TR180, TR280 BASS TROMBONE
WITH F & G ATT
ACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H21-5302 16931
Rotor Cap
H21-5502 TR181401ARotor Stop Arm - Gb/D
H21-5503 TR1814011 Rotor Stop Arm - F
H32-1600 77116
Cork Stop Plate
H32-1700 F321
H32-1900 F-54A
Rotor Screw
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
H21-8301 R6550
Catch, Lockring
H22-3502 S1741
Screw, Waterkey
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
HOLTON
WITH F & G ATT
ACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
TR395 MF SUPERBONE TROMBONE
VALVE SECTION PARTS
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H21-5302 16931
Rotor Cap
H21-5202 169406 Bearing Plate
H21-5502 TR181401A Rotor Stop Arm - Gb/D
H21-5503 TR1814011 Rotor Stop Arm - F
H32-1900 F-54A
Rotor Screw
H21-5603 TR181-250F1 Thumb Lever - F
H21-5604 TR181-250G1 Thumb Lever - G
TR1812521 Linkage Rod - Gb/D
TR1812522 Linkage Rod - F
S1877-1804 Thumb Lever Spring
TR180251 Ball Socket
77116
Cork Stop Plate
F321
INNER SLIDE PARTS
H22-1102 169-130-L Slide Pipe - Upper and Lower
H22-1303 169-132 Mouthpipe (Venturi Tube)
H22-1502 169-51
Brace Socket / Flange (silver plate)
H22-1702 169-146 Brace Tube (silver plate)
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
Catch, Lockring
H21-8301 R6550
H22-3502 S1741
Screw, Waterkey
BELL SECTION PARTS
H21-0602
83
HOLTON
TR181, TR281 BASS TROMBONE
H21-5773
H21-5774
H21-5628
H21-5751
H32-1600
H32-1700
www.votawtool.com
TR18199 Gooseneck
TR183 BASS TROMBONE
Our #
Mfr. #
H12-1101 W470
Felt Washer - Stem
INNER SLIDE PARTS
H22-1502
169-51
Brace Socket / Flange (silver plate)
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
H21-8301 R6550
Catch, Lockring
H22-3502 S1741
Screw, Waterkey
H104 TUCKWELL FRENCH HORN
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
H31-0402
H32-1800
H32-1502
H32-1700
H32-1150
H32-1450
H32-1900
Mfr. #
77-9
Ferrule, Valve Casing Assembly
77-401A Rotor Stop Arm (all valves)
177-348 Lever #4 HInge Screw
F-32-1
String Tying Screw - Rotor Stop Arm
F-33-1
String Tying Screw - Lever
S12-F-70 Lever Bracket Retaining Screw
F-54A
Rotor Screw
H32-1101 S18-77-1805 Lever Spring
MOUTHPIPE PARTS
H31-0401
H32-7250
H32-7351
H32-7200
H32-7301
H32-8100
WITH F ATT
ACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
H179-1 Ferrule - receiver
H177-74NS Waterkey Saddle
WK103 Waterkey Screw
77-95NS Waterkey Socket
H181-77180
Waterkey Spring
180-67-RS Waterkey Assembly
includes key, spring, and screw
BRACES
VALVE SECTION PARTS
INNER SLIDE PARTS
SEE TR181
H32-4101
H31-3501
H32-4100
H32-4102
H32-4103
H32-4107
H32-4108
H32-4109
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
SEE TR181
BELL SECTION PARTS
BELL SECTION PARTS
SEE TR181
H32-7400 H177-31A Fingerhook
H31-0635 G2-77-319-2 Bell Guard
Our #
Mfr. #
Other valve section parts see TR181
77-23
77-8
77-115-2
77-45A
676-670
77-73C
77-73B
77-73A
Brace Socket / Flange
Brace, 3rd F Slide (crook)
Brace - adjustable angle
Brace
Mouthpipe to Bellpipe - large
Brace Assembly - Short
Brace Assembly - Medium
Brace Assembly - Long
84
800-894-8665
HOLTON
HOLTON
H602 COLLEGIA
TE SINGLE FRENCH
COLLEGIATE
HORN
MOUTHPIPE PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H31-0103 H602003RS Mouthpipe Assembly - lacquered
complete with overpart and ferrule
H31-0200 77A-3
Mouthpipe
H31-0401 H179-1 Ferrule - receiver
H31-0258 H602-2 Overpart Tube
VALVE SECTION PARTS
H32-0101 533-62C Rotor #1, #2, #3
H32-0600 533-31-2 Rotor Cap (all valves)
H32-0702 L2-H301-1 Lever #1 602 ONLY
H32-0802 L2-H301-1 Lever #2 602 ONLY
H32-0902 L2-H301-1 Lever #3 602 ONLY
H32-1451 S12H301348 Lever Bracket Retaining Screw
H32-1455 W4-20
Lever Bracket Lock Washer
Other Valve Section Parts see H378
BELL SECTION PARTS
H32-7401 BU6-8
Fingerhook
BRACES
H31-3501
H32-4103
H32-4104
H32-4107
H32-4108
H32-4109
Brace, 3rd F Slide (crook)
Bell to 1st Branch - large
77-8
676-670
533-81
77-73C
77-73B
77-73A
H650 COLLEGIA
TE
COLLEGIATE
SINGLE B
B FRENCH HORN
BB
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
H32-0703
H32-0803
H32-0903
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
Mfr. #
H600-533-1 Lever #1
H600-533-2 Lever #2
H600-533-3 Lever #3
All other partS see H602
H109, H177, H178, H179, H180, H181,
H277, H278, H279, H280, H281
F
ARKAS DOUBLE FRENCH HORN
FARKAS
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H32-0601 H180-31-1 Rotor Cap (all valves)
Other Valve Section Parts see H378
MOUTHPIPE PARTS
H31-0101 H179003WK Mouthpipe Assmbly H179, H279
lacquered nickel silver complete
with overpart and ferrule
H31-0205 77A-3NS Mouthpipe H177, H277
nickel silver
H31-0200 77A-3
Mouthpipe H178, H278 - brass
H31-0201 LB77-3NS Mouthpipe H109, H179, H279
nickel silver
H31-0203 LB77-3
Mouthpipe - brass
H180, H280, H181, H281
H31-0251 H177-2 Overpart Tube H177, H277
H31-0252 77-2
Overpart Tube H178, H278
H31-0515 G2-77-157 Mouthpipe Guard
H31-0500 C6-31
Mouthpipe Cap (plastic guard)
H32-8100 180-67-RS Waterkey Assembly
H32-7301 H181-77180 Waterkey Spring
H32-7351 WK103 Waterkey Screw
H32-7250 H177-74NS Waterkey Saddle
H32-7200 77-95NS Waterkey Socket
BELL SECTION PARTS
See H378
BRACES
Our #
H32-4103
H32-4105
H32-4100
H32-4101
H32-4102
H31-3501
H32-4107
H32-4108
H32-4109
Mfr. #
676-670
F-4A
77-115-2
77-23
77-45A
77-8
77-73C
77-73B
77-73A
Mouthpipe to 1st Branch - large
Brace
Brace, 3rd F Slide (Crook)
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
HOLTON
www.votawtool.com
HOLTON
H378 DOUBLE FRENCH HORN
H379 DOUBLE FRENCH HORN
VALVE SECTION PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H32-0100 77-62C Rotor #1, #2, #3
H32-0105 77-63C Rotor #4
H32-1800 77-401A Rotor Stop Arm (all valves)
H32-0600 533-31-2 Rotor Cap (all valves)
H32-0500 F-26
Bearing Back Plate (all valves)
H32-1600 77-116
Cork Stop Plate (all valves)
H32-2001 R4-177-124 Bumper Material (12" length)
H32-0701 H179-77-1 Lever #1
H32-0801 H179-77-2 Lever #2
H32-0901 H179-77-3 Lever #3
H32-1001 H177-77-4 Lever #4
H32-1101 S18-77-1805 Lever Spring
H32-1900 F-54A
Rotor Screw
H32-1700 F-32-1
String Tying Screw - Rotor Stop Arm
H32-1150 F-33-1
String Tying Screw - Lever
H32-1200 F-15-1
Lever Hinge Screw
long screw to hold #1, 2, 3 levers
H32-1300 F-16
Lever Hinge Screw Nut
H32-1450 S12-F-70 Lever Bracket Retaining Screw
H32-1502 177-348 Lever #4 HInge Screw
H31-0402 77-9
Ferrule, Valve Casing Assembly
VALVE SECTION PARTS
MOUTHPIPE PARTS
H31-0102 H378-003RS Mouthpipe Assembly
lacquered, complete with overpart and ferrule
H31-0200 77A-3
Mouthpipe
H31-0515 G2-77-157 Mouthpipe Guard
H31-0500 C6-31
H31-0256 H378-2 Overpart Tube
BELL SECTION PARTS
H31-0635 G2-77-319-2 Bell Guard
H32-7400 H177-31A Fingerhook
BRACES
H32-4103
H32-4104
H32-4100
H31-3501
H32-4101
H32-4102
H32-4107
H32-4108
H32-4109
676-670
533-81
77-115-2
77-8
77-23
77-45A
77-73C
77-73B
77-73A
Bell to 1st Branch - large
Brace
See H378
MOUTHPIPE PARTS
Our #
H31-0201
H31-0401
H31-0515
H31-0500
H31-0257
Mfr. #
LB77-3NS Mouthpipe
H179-1 Ferrule - receiver
G2-77-157 Mouthpipe Guard
C6-31
H379-2 Overpart Tube
BELL SECTION PARTS
See H378
BRACES
H32-4103
H32-4105
H32-4100
H32-4101
H32-4102
H31-3501
H32-4107
H32-4108
H32-4109
676-670
F-4A
77-115-2
77-23
77-45A
77-8
77-73C
77-73B
77-73A
Mouthpipe to 1st Branch - large
Brace
B101 F
ALCONE BARIT
ONE
FALCONE
BARITONE
Our #
H46-0775
H46-0780
H32-7351
H32-7301
H32-8100
Mfr. #
CC148
Piston Guide
S12CC149 Screw, Guide
WK103 Screw, Waterkey
S18177180 Spring, Waterkay
18067RS Waterkey Assembly
B302R, B625R BARIT
ONE
BARITONE
Our #
Mfr. #
H41-6102 B302A0006 Mouthpipe
lacquered with Mouthpiece Receiver
H41-6205 B625A0009 Mouthpiece Receiver
H41-0700 BB346G287 Valve Guide (plastic)
V71-5802 LA311
Lyre Holder Screw
B601R BARIT
ONE
BARITONE
Our #
Mfr. #
H41-6001 B601C0002 Mouthpipe
lacquered with Mouthpiece Receiver
H41-0700 BB346G287 Valve Guide (plastic)
V71-5802 LA311
Lyre Holder Screw
85
86
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
HOLTON
HOLTON
MH101 MARCHING FRENCH HORN
BB300, BB310 SOUSAPHONE
Our #
H12-0500
H12-1101
H12-2000
H12-2300
BRACES
H46-7010 BB30027A Mouthpipe Flange (to 2nd Slide)
H46-7020 BB30027 Mouthpipe Flange (to Bow)
H46-7011 BB30027B Bow / 2nd Slide Flange
(to Mouthpipe)
H46-7012 BB301145 Brace - Mouthpipe to 2nd Slide
H46-7022 BB300145Brace - Mouthpipe to Bow
Mfr. #
300647 Finger Button
W4-70
Felt, Stem
330-636-1-RS
Waterkey Set - Main Slide
3300411 Screw, Waterkey
M601 MARCHING MELLOPHONE
Our #
H12-1101
H32-7351
H32-7301
H32-8100
Mfr. #
W4-70
Felt, Stem
S18177180 Spring, Waterkey
A600 COLLEGIA
TE AL
TO HORN
COLLEGIATE
ALT
Our #
H12-0502
H32-7351
H32-8100
Mfr. #
60229
Finger Button
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
OTHER
H46-8301 IH79
Screw, Bell Retainer
H32-8100 180-67-RS Waterkey Assembly
H32-7301 H181-77180 Waterkey Spring
H32-7351 WK103 Waterkey Screw
BB661R, BB662R TUBA
Our #
Mfr. #
Valve Guide (plastic)
H41-0700 BB346G287
H12-2300 3300411 Screw, Waterkey
BB346R TUBA
BB300, BB310 SOUSAPHONE
See BB661R,BB662R
MOUTHPIPE PARTS
Our #
H46-6100
H46-6150
H46-6200
H46-6301
H46-6001
V66-6350
Mfr. #
AH511
AH512
AH513
H52A
1H313
B317
#1 Tunig Bit - Mouthpiece Receiver
#2 Tuning Bit
#3 Neck Assembly (lacquered)
Neck Receiver
Mouthpipe
Thumb Screw, Tuning Bit / Neck
VALVE SECTION PARTS
H46-0500
H46-0600
H46-0901
H46-0912
H46-1203
H12-1101
H46-1150
H46-0775
H46-0780
H46-0801
55429
Finger Button
830379 Valve Stem
12230
Top Valve Cap))
12231
Bottom Valve Cap
830-547 Felt Washer - Top Valve Cap
W470
Felt Washer - Valve Stem
300071 Cork Washer - Valve Stem
CC148
Valve Guide
S12CC149 Valve Guide Screw
S18B159 Valve Spring
www
.vot
awtool.com
www.vot
.votawtool.com
TE
DATE
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
MARTIN
LEBLANC
MAR
TIN T3460, T3461, T3465
MARTIN
COMMITTEE B
B TRUMPET
BB
MOUTHPIPE PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H12-6102 384-012
Mouthpipe - .460 Bore
T3460 / T3461
H12-6202 300-094-4 Mouthpipe Receiver
T3460 / T3461
H12-6103 385-012 Mouthpipe - .465 Bore T3465
H12-6203 300-094-3 Mouthpipe Receiver T3465
VALVE SECTION PARTS
H12-0500 300647 Finger Button
H12-0700 C1802
Valve Guide
H12-0800 320069 Valve Spring
H12-1004 300142 Bottom Valve Cap - Nickel
FIRST SLIDE PARTS
H12-4002 384-620-RS First Slide Assembly
with Thumb Hook
3RD SLIDE PARTS
H12-5350 330-117
H12-5361 300-688
H12-5401 3300421
H12-2421 330-182
H12-3121 330-101
www.votawtool.com
800-894-8665
Finger Ring (3rd Slide)
Finger Ring Bracket
Screw, 3rd Slide Stop
Nipple - Main Slide
Nipple - 3rd Slide
MAR
TIN TR4501 URBIE GREEN
MARTIN
TROMBONE
OUTER SLIDE PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
H21-8402 TR100-109 Flange, Brace
LEBLANC B
Our #
V61-6001
V61-6151
V61-6201
V61-8101
V61-8105
LE61-6601
Mfr. #
S186
S559
S198
3027
K148-1
HSS-N
Pivot Screw
Flat Spring Screw
Thumb Rest Mounting Screw
Thumb Rest (with 2 screws)
Thumb Rest / Strap Ring
Hinge Screw Set
LEBLANC AL
TO & CONTRA AL
TO
ALT
ALT
CLARINET
Our #
LE67-6025
LE67-6275
LE67-6001
V66-6400
V66-8251
V65-8115
Mfr. #
LCB3560
S3520
S3515
B104-1
S918A
S909
Adjusting Screw
Guard Screw
Pivot Screw
Swivel Arm Screw
Neck Strap Ring
Thumbhook (A/Clarinet)
LEBLANC BASS & CONTRA BASS
CLARINET
SCREWS
Our #
LE67-6025
LE67-6275
LE67-6001
LE66-6350
V66-6001
V66-6400
Mfr. #
LCB3560
S3520
S3515
LB317
B2141
B104-1
Adjusting Screw
Guard Screw
Pivot Screw
Neck Tension Screw
Pivot Screw (Metric Thread)
Swivel Arm Screw
B1000
B411
Eb Bell Key (With Screw)
Key Guard, Ab / Eb
KEYS
V66-2001
V66-8401
PEG ASSEMBLY PARTS
PROTECT ALL YOUR MANDRELS
WITH OUR DURABLE MESH
SLEEVING ON PAGE 67
V66-8305
V66-8308
V66-8311
V66-8315
V66-8318
V68-8315
3405B
3405N
3405WS
3404P
3404RT
3427
Peg Holder / Bracket (solder-on)
Wing Nut
Lock Screw
Peg (includes rubber tip)
Rubber Tip
Peg (includes rubber tip) - Contra
B104A
S918A
B439-1A
B417-1
B425
Post, Swivel Arm Screw
Neck Strap Ring
Saddle, Eb Bell Key
Swivel Arm
Thumbhook (B/Clarinet)
OTHER
V66-8110
V66-8251
V66-8255
V66-8105
V66-8100
87
88
800-894-8665
www.votawtool.com
NOBLET
VITO
NOBLET B
Our #
V61-6001
V61-6151
V61-6201
V61-8101
V61-8105
LE61-6601
Mfr. #
S186
S559
S198
3027
K148-1
HSS-N
Pivot Screw
Flat Spring Screw
Hinge Screw Set
NOBLET 60 BASS CLARINET
MISC
Our #
V66-8251
V66-8255
V66-8100
V66-6001
V66-2001
V66-8401
Mfr. #
S918A
B439-1A
B425
B2141
B1000
B411
Neck Strap Ring
Saddle - Eb Bell Key
Thumbhook (B/Clarinet)
Pivot Screw (Metric Thread)
Eb Bell Key (With Screw)
Key Guard - Ab / Eb
NOBLET 170 / 171 FLUTE
SCREWS
Our #
Mfr. #
H61-6151 S559
Flat Spring Screw
NORMANDY B
Our #
V61-6001
V61-6151
V61-6201
V61-8101
V61-8105
LE61-6601
Mfr. #
S186
S559
S198
3027
K148-1
HSS-N
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
Pivot Screw
Flat Spring Screw
Hinge Screw Set
IF YOUR WOODWIND BENCH DOES NOT
HAVE A BOTTLE OF OUR #3060 LOW
STRENGTH THREADLOCKER YOU ARE
MISSING A VALUABLE TOOL
SEE PAGE 68
7212, 7214, V40 B
Bbb SOPRANO
CLARINET
VITO CLARINET JOINT REPLACEMENT
When ordering replacement joints for Vito clarinets, determine
if the model number 7212 or 7214 is stamped on the body by
the serial number. If the model number is present, order the
appropriate joint listed below and all keys should transfer over
to the new joint. If the serial number of the instrument is below
B60434 the pivot screws are an older, standard 2-56 thread.
Newer body joints use a metric 2.5 x 0.45 pivot screw and
replacement of all pivot screws will be necessary - order part
#V61-6002 (sold by each). Hinge (long) screws have not
changed.
Note that Vito clarinets manufactured after 2000 are designed
with Leblanc's PRAG feature (positive radial alignment guide),
distinguished by a metal 'bump' on the shoulder of the upper
joint center tenon and a mating recessed area in the lower
joint tenon ring. Order PRAG style when replacing joints for
these models.
If there is no model number 7212 or 7214 stamped on the
body by the serial number than the instrument is an older
discontinued model. The replacement joints listed below will
work, with modification, for the following models:
If instrument's upper joint is marked with either RESO-TONE
3 or with the lyre logo and KENOSHA, WIS the joints listed
below can be used. Replacement of all pivot screws will be
necessary - order part #V61-6002 (sold by each). Hinge
(long) screws have not changed. Additional parts may be
necessary as follows:
UPPER JOINT
The newer style upper joints use a hinge (long) screw for the
Ab/G# key. If the old key uses pivot screws a new Ab/G# key
will be necessary - order part #V61-2001 (includes key and
screw).
The newer upper joints also use needle springs. If the old
upper joint has coil springs it will be necessary to remove
some of the needle springs from the new joint and drill holes
into the body to accommodate the coil springs.
LOWER JOINT
The newer style lower joints have different post settings than
older models and the old ring / bridge key and the B/F# key will
not fit the new joint. Both keys must be replaced with:
#V61-4201
Ring / Bridge Key
#V61-4101
B/F# Key
If instrument's upper joint is marked with either RESO-TONE
or RESO-TONE 2, upper joints are not replaceable. Lower
joints listed below will work with replacement of pivot screws
(part #V61-6002) and the following three keys:
#V61-4201
Ring / Bridge Key
#V61-4101
B/F# Key
#V61-4721
F/C Lever
VITO B
b CLARINET CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
Bb
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
VITO
VITO
7212, 7214, V40 B
Bbb SOPRANO
CLARINET (CONT
.)
(CONT.)
BODY P
AR
TS (SEE NOTES ON PREVIOUS PAGE)
PAR
ARTS
ALL JOINTS INCLUDE POSTS AND SPRINGS
Our #
V61-0101
V61-0105
V61-0102
V61-0106
V61-0201
V61-0208
V61-0202
V61-0209
V61-0203
V61-0204
V61-0401
V61-0403
V61-0405
V61-0402
V61-0404
V61-0406
V61-0301
V61-0304
V61-0302
V61-0305
Mfr. #
R7212-2AMUpper Joint 7212 Gloss Finish
R7212-2AL Upper Joint 7212 Gloss Finish
with center joint PRAG
R7214-2AMUpper Joint 7214 Brush Finish
R7214-2AL Upper Joint 7214 Brush Finish
R7212-3AMLower Joint 7212 Gloss Finish
R7212-3AL Lower Joint 7212 Gloss Finish
R7214-3AMLower Joint 7214 Brush Finish
R7214-3AL Lower Joint 7214 Brush Finish
RV40-3AM Lower Joint V40 Brush Finish
RV40-3AL Lower Joint V40 Brush Finish
2365
Barrel 66mm (standard) 7212
Gloss Finish
2365
Barrel - 65mm 7212 Gloss Finish
2365
Barrel - 64mm 7212 Gloss Finish
2365B
Barrel - 66mm (standard) 7214
Brush Finish
2365B
Barrel - 65mm 7214 Brush Finish
2365B
Barrel - 64mm 7214 / V40
Brush Finish
2388
Bell - without Bell Ring 7212
Gloss Finish
2385
Bell - with Bell Ring 7212
Gloss Finish
2388B
Bell - without Bell Ring 7214 / V40
Brush Finish
2385B
Bell - with Bell Ring 7214 / V40
Brush Finish
KEYS - UPPER JOINT
V61-2381
V61-2001
V61-2275
V61-2051
V61-2181
V61-2081
V61-2210
screw)
V61-2112
V61-2348
V61-2341
V61-2311
V61-2241
V61-2151
www.votawtool.com
K1032
K1029-1
K1031
K1048-1
K1047-1
K1026-1
K1027
Register Thumb Key (with screw)
G#/Ab Key (with screw)
A Key (with screw)
F# Ring Key (with screw)
Thumb Ring Key (with screw)
A/D Ring Key (upper bridge)
Eb/Bb Auxiallary Fork Key (with
K1030
C#/G# Key (with screw)
K1056-1N C Side Trill Key (with screw) V40
K1056
C Side Trill Key (with screw)
7212-14
K1057
Bb Side Trill Key (with screw)
K1058
F#/C# Side Trill Key (with screw)
K1059
Eb/Bb Side Trill Key (with screw)
KEYS - LOWER JOINT
Our #
V61-4201
V61-4101
V61-4721
V61-4611
V61-4681
V61-4761
V61-4811
V61-4851
V61-4910
Mfr. #
K1050-1
K1009-1
K1005
K1036
K1037
K1003
K1002
K1038
K1028
Ring / Bridge Key
B/F# Key
F/C Lever
E/B Lever
F#/C# Lever
Ab/Eb Key
F/C Key (with screw)
F#/C# Key
E/B Key
SCREWS
V61-6002 S197
Pivot Screw, Metric 2.5 x 0.45
V61-6201 S198
V61-6151 S559
Flat Spring Screw
V61-6101 S195
Adjusting Screw - G#/Ab Key
V61-6601 HSS-V
Hinge Screw Complete Set
(note: hinge screws available in set only)
V61-6102 S3561
Adjusting Screw - Delrin
MISC PARTS
V61-8101
V61-8150
V61-8175
V61-8303
V61-8301
V61-0451
V61-0453
V61-0456
V61-0455
V61-0457
3027
S146-2
Register Vent Tube
S139-614-1 Thumb Tube
FSSV
Flat Spring (set of 6 with screws)
S14
Coil Spring
K3375
Tenon Ring - Barrel - Upper
K3372
Tenon Ring - Barrel - Lower
K3374-1 Tenon Ring - Lower Joint - PRAG
K3374
Tenon Ring - Lower Joint
K3371
Tenon Ring - Bell
7214P B
BODY PARTS
Our #
Mfr. #
V61-0406 2365B
V61-0404 2365B
V61-0402 2365B
V61-0305
2385B
Barrel - 64mm - Brush Finish
Barrel - 66mm (standard)
Brush Finish
Bell - with Bell Ring - Brush Finish
All other partS see 7212/7214
89
90
800-894-8665
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
VITO
VITO
71
12 B
7112
7212 E
Ebb CLARINET
BODY PARTS
Our #
V61-6101
Our #
V61-0405
V61-0403
V61-0401
Mfr. #
2365
2365
2365
V61-0301
V61-0304
2388
2385
Barrel - 64mm - Gloss Finish
Barrel - 65mm - Gloss Finish
Barrel 66mm (standard)
Gloss Finish
Bell (without bell ring) Gloss Finish
Bell - with bell ring - Gloss Finish
71
14 / 71
14P B
7114
7114P
BODY PARTS
Our #
V61-0406
V61-0404
V61-0402
Mfr. #
2365B
2365B
2365B
V61-0305
2385B
Barrel - 66mm (standard)
Brush Finish
Bell - with Bell Ring - Brush Finish
All other parts see 7212/7214
71
15, 71
18 B
7115,
7118
Our #
V61-0405
V61-0403
V61-0401
Mfr. #
2365
2365
2365
Barrel - 64mm Gloss Finish
Barrel - 65mm Gloss Finish
Barrel 66mm (standard)
Gloss Finish
7810, 7820, VSP B
Bbb SOPRANO
CLARINET
SCREWS
Our #
V61-6151
V61-6201
V61-6002
Mfr. #
S559
S198
S197
MISC PARTS
V61-8303
V61-8101
FSSV
3027
Flat Spring (set of 6 with screws)
Adjusting Screw - G#/Ab Key
7165 AL
TO CLARINET
ALT
Our #
V65-2001
V65-8115
V65-8301
V66-8251
V61-6002
V66-6100
V66-6300
V66-6350
V66-6400
V66-6450
V61-6201
Mfr. #
AC1000
S909
AC1042A
S918A
S197
B215
B311A
B317
B1041
B220
S198
Eb Bell Key
Thumb Hook
Center Joint Tension Ring
Neck Strap Ring
Pivot Screw - metric 2.5 x 0.45
Adjusting Screw
Lyre Holder Screw
Neck Receiver Screw
Octave Swivel Arm Screw
Center Joint Tension Ring Screw
Mounting (thumb rest) Screw
7166, 7168 BASS CLARINET
BODY PARTS
Our #
V66-0100
V66-0200
V66-0201
V66-0400
Mfr. #
7166U
7166L
7168L
71661A
Upper Joint
Lower Joint 7166 (Eb key on bell)
Lower Joint 7168 (Eb key on body)
Neck
B1000
B1026
B1027
B1031
B411
B1012
Eb Bell Key (with screw)
A Key (upper joint with screw)
G#/Ab Key (upper joint)
Eb/Bb Side Trill Key
Key Guard - Ab/Eb
Alternate B/F# Key (lower)
KEYS
V66-2001
V66-2161
V66-2151
V66-2241
V66-8401
V66-2260
OTHER
V66-2100 B446
V66-8105
Flat Spring Screw
Pivot Screw, Metric 2.5 x 0.45
Mfr. #
S195
V66-8110
V66-8115
V66-8120
V66-8201
V66-8251
V66-8100
V66-8255
V66-8450
V66-8455
A/Bb Rocker Arm
(attaches to thumb key lever)
B4171
Octave Swivel Arm
(attaches to body post)
B104A
Octave Swivel Arm Post
(screws into body)
BA120
Register Vent Tube
S2332
Trill Key Guide Post
B1042A Center Joint Tension Ring
S918A
Neck Strap Ring
B425
Thumb Hook
B4391A Eb Bell Key Saddle
PS-7166 Pad Set - White Bladder Skin
PL-7166 Pad Set - Leather
VITO BASS CLARINET CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
VITO
VITO
7166, 7168 BASS CLARINET
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
SCREWS
Our #
V66-6600
V66-6400
V66-6001
91
www.votawtool.com
Mfr. #
B219
B1041
B2141
A/Bb Rocker Arm Screw
Octave Swivel Arm Screw
Pivot Screw - metric thread
(after serial #D2542)
V66-6002 B214
Pivot Screw - standard thread
(before serial #D2542)
V66-6621 HSSVBC Hinge Screw Set (17 pieces)
(note: hinge screws available in set only)
V66-6100 B215
Adjusting Screw
V61-6201 S198
Thumb Hook & Strap Ring Mounting
Screw
V66-6300 B311A
Lyre Holder Screw
V66-6350 B317
Neck Receiver Screw
V66-6450 B220
Center Joint Tension Ring Screw
PEG ASSEMBLY PARTS
V66-8301 3405
Peg Assembly Complete
includes solder-on peg bracket, lock screw,
wing nut, and peg with rubber tip
V66-8305 3405B
Peg Holder / Bracket (solder-on)
V66-8308 3405N
Wing Nut
V66-8311 3405WS Lock Screw
V66-8315 3404P
Peg (includes rubber tip)
V66-8318 3404RT Rubber Tip
V66-8320 3404BS Peg Stop Ball
112, 1113
13 FLUTE
Our #
V81-2327
V81-5027
V81-2329
V81-2331
V81-1023
V81-1051
V81-1052
V81-1027
Mfr. #
VF12N
VF-1-2S
VF13
VF15
VF67
VF68
VF69
VF63SS
Head Crown - Nickel Plated 112
Head Crown - Silver Plated 113
Head Crown Stem
Head Crown Disc (nut)
Pad Screw
Pad Washer - Small
Pad Washer - Large
Adjustment Screw (set of 4)
7131R AND 7131RK AL
TO SAX
ALT
Our #
V71-1000
V71-1100
V71-6575
V71-2222
V71-4600
V71-4601
V71-4602
V71-3700
V71-4102
V71-4402
V71-3002
V71-2150
V71-4002
Mfr. #
160832
160601
LA411
160038
160341
160368
160392
160661
LA7
LAS87
LAS57
LA310
LA-6
(JAP
AN)
(JAPAN)
Neck - lacquered (without key)
Octave Key (neck)
Side C Key - cup
Thumb Rest - Left Hand
Key Roller - C, Eb
Key Roller - B, C#
Key Roller - Bb
Key Guard - Eb
Key Guard - Lower Stack Clothes
Bumper Felt
Neck Plug
Lyre Holder
Guard, Bb/B/C#/C
SCREWS
7181 CONTRA AL
TO CLARINET
ALT
Our #
V67-6103
V67-6025
V67-6001
Mfr. #
CB200
Pivot Screw
7182 CONTRA BASS CLARINET
Our #
V68-8315
V67-6103
V67-6001
V67-6025
Mfr. #
3427
Peg (with rubber tip)
CB200
Pivot Screw
V71-4803
V71-4902
V71-5001
V71-5351
V71-5500
V71-5501
V71-5502
V71-5601
V71-5703
V71-5802
LAS101 Pivot Screw
LA11
Key Guard Screw
LA10
Neck Tension Screw
160679 G#, Bb Adjusting Screw
LA208
Key Roller Screw - C, Eb
160369 Key Roller Screw - C#, B
160393 Key Roller Screw - Bb
HSSVAS1 Hinge Screw Set
A212J
Bell Brace Screw
LA311
Lyre Holder Screw
7133 AL
TO SAX
ALT
Our #
V71-1001
V71-1002
V71-6410
V71-6578
V71-7105
V71-7106
Mfr. #
71331A
Neck with Key - lacquered
serial #53999 and below
71331A Neck with Key - lacquered
serial #54000 and above
KHSA5031 Octave Key Floating Lever
KHSA-42-3 Side C Key Lever
KHSA233 Low C Key
KHSA243 Low Eb Key
VITO 7133 ALTO SAX CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
92
800-894-8665
VITO
VITO
7133 AL
TO SAX
ALT
Our #
V71-2221
V71-2301
V71-2351
V71-2376
V71-4603
V71-4604
V71-4605
V71-3801
V71-4001
V71-4101
V71-4401
V71-3001
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
Mfr. #
KHS123 Thumb Rest - Left Hand
KHS484 Thumb Hook - Right Hand
KHS484CP Thumb Hook Plate (bushing)
KHS484S Thumb Hook Screw
KHSA5032 Key Roller - C, Eb
KHSA5031 Key Roller - Bb
KHSA5033 Key Roller - B, C#
KHSA4 Key Guard - C, Eb
KHSA6 Key Guard - Bell Bb, B
KHSA7 Key Guard - Lower Stack Clothes
KHS87
Bumper Felt
KHSA57 Neck Plug
SCREWS
V71-4801
V71-4802
V71-4901
V71-5002
V71-5352
V71-5503
V71-5505
V71-5504
V71-5701
V71-5801
V71-2376
KHS101
KHS101S
KHS11
KHS10
KHSA102
KHSA208
KHSA209
KHS207
KHS212
KHS311
KHS484S
Pivot Screw
Pivot Screw (SMALL)
Key Guard Screw
Neck Tension Screw
G#, Bb Adjusting Screw
Key Roller Screw - C, Eb
Key Roller Screw - C#, B
Key Roller Screw - Bb
Bell Brace Screw
Lyre Holder Screw
Thumb Hook Screw
7136 AL
TO SAX
ALT
Our #
V71-2220
V71-2601
V71-5702
V71-4103
V71-4903
V71-5003
V71-8101
V71-5353
V71-5354
V71-5356
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
Mfr. #
162038
162658
162046
162110
162136
162022
162295
162212
162212N
162313
Thumb Rest (left hand)
Brace - Bell to Body
Bell Brace Screw - large
Key Guard Screw
Neck Tension Screw
G#, Bb Adjusting Bar
Nylon Insert, Adjusting Screw
G#, Bb Adjusting Bar Mount Screw
VSP AL
TO SAX
ALT
(JAP
AN)
(JAPAN)
Our #
Mfr. #
YG71-4201 YS320
Screw In Bumper Adjuster
7131T AND 7131TK TENOR SAX
Our #
V72-7010
V72-7012
V72-3701
V71-4402
V72-3002
V71-2150
(JAP
AN)
(JAPAN)
Mfr. #
LT411
LT401
LT5
LAS87
LTS57
LA310
Side C Key (cup)
Side Bb Key (cup)
Key Guard - Eb
Bumper Felt
Neck Plug
Lyre Holder
LAS101
LA11
LA10
A212J
LA311
LA156
LA102
HSSVTS
Pivot Screw
Key Guard Screw
Neck Tension Screw
Bell Brace Screw
Lyre Holder Screw
C, F# Bar Adjusting Screw
Hinge Screw Set
SCREWS
V71-4803
V71-4902
V71-5001
V71-5703
V71-5802
V72-5231
V72-5351
V72-5602
7133T TENOR SAX
Our #
V72-6811
V72-6813
V71-2221
V71-2301
V71-2351
V71-4101
V71-4401
V71-4603
V71-4604
V71-4605
V72-2601
V72-3001
Mfr. #
KHST-50 Octave Shift Lever
(operates neck key)
KHST-50-1 Octave Floating Lever
KHS123 Thumb Rest - Left Hand
KHS484 Thumb Hook - Right Hand
KHS484CP Thumb Hook Plate (bushing)
KHSA7 Key Guard - Lower Stack Clothes
KHS87
Bumper Felt
KHSA5032 Key Roller - C, Eb
KHSA5031 Key Roller - Bb
KHSA5033 Key Roller - B, C#
KHST390 Bell to Body Brace
KHST57 Neck Plug
SCREWS
V71-4801
V71-4901
V71-5002
V71-5352
V72-6812
V71-5503
V71-5504
V71-5505
V71-5701
V71-5801
V71-2376
KHS101 Pivot Screw
KHS11
Key Guard Screw
KHS10
Neck Tension Screw
KHSA102 G#, Bb Adjusting Screw
KHST-210 Octave Shift Lever Screw
KHSA208 Key Roller Screw - C, Eb
KHS207 Key Roller Screw - Bb
KHSA209 Key Roller Screw - C#, B
KHS212 Bell Brace Screw
KHS311 Lyre Holder Screw
KHS484S Thumb Hook Screw
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
800-894-8665
VITO
www.votawtool.com
YANAGISAWA
7190BA BARIT
ONE SAX
BARITONE
A880, A990 AL
TO SAX
ALT
Our #
Mfr. #
YG73-2001 YBS324 Neck Receiver
YG73-2002 7131BA-1 Neck (Laquered)
YG71-9100 MAY-22-1 C# Lever Tube
YG73-3751 YBS-18G Guard, Low A, Bb, B, C, C#
YG73-3701 YBS-22G Guard, Low Eb, D#
YG71-9101 YS-22R Ring - Low C# Flat Spring
YG73-9102 TBSFS-22C# Flat Spring
Our #
Mfr. #
YG71-2301 YS484
YG71-3701 MAY5
YG71-3751 MAY4
YG71-3776 MAY6
YG71-3775 A9906
YG71-3791 MAY7
YG71-4201 YS320
YG71-9102 YS-22F
YG71-9100 MAY-22-1
YG71-9101 YS-22R
YG71-8002 MAY481
SCREWS
YG71-4801 YPS101
YG71-4901 MAY11
YG71-5001 YS10
YG73-4801 YBS-53-1
YG71-5271 YS-13
YG71-5270 YS-14
YG71-5240 YS-22S
YG71-5200 YBS-100
YG71-5265 YS-15
Pivot Screw
Key Guard Screw
Neck Tension Screw
Neck and Bell/Body Brace Screw
Bell Brace Ring, Long Screw
Bell Brace Ring, Short Screw
C# Ring / Flat Spring Screw
Flat Spring Screw
Joint Ring Screw
Thumb Hook - Right Hand
Key Guard - Low Eb
Key Guard - Low C
Key Guard - Bell Bb, B A880
Key Guard - Bell Bb, B A990
Bumper Adjuster - Screw-In
Spring, Flat, C#
C# Lever Tube
Low C# Flat Spring Ring
SCREWS
YG71-4801 YPS101 Pivot Screw
YG71-4901 MAY11
Key Guard Screw
YG71-5001 YS10
Neck Screw
YG71-5216 MAY482 G#, Bb Adjusting Screw
YG71-2376 YS4841 Thumb Hook Screw
YG71-5271 YS-13
YG71-5270 YS-14
YG71-5272 YS2-12SSBell Brace Screw Set
YG71-5240 YS-22S C# Ring / Flat Spring Screw
YG71-5200 YBS-100 Flat Spring Screw
YG71-5265 YS-15
Joint Ring Screw
T880, T990 TENOR SAX
www
.vot
awtool.com
www.vot
.votawtool.com
TE
DATE
Our #
Mfr. #
YG72-8026 MTY481
YG71-2301 YS484
YG72-3702 MTY5
YG71-3751 MTY4
YG72-3776 MTY6
YG72-3775 T9906
YG72-3791 MTY7
Key Guard - Low Eb
Key Guard - Low C
Key Guard - Bell - Bb, B T880
Key Guard - Bell - Bb, B T990
T880
YG72-3790 T9907
T990
YG72-3601 YBS38G Key Guard - F# (solder-on)
YG72-8002 MTY-48-1 F Helper Rod
YG71-4201 YS320
YG71-9102 YS-22F Spring, Flat, C#
YG71-9101 YS-22R Low C# Flat Spring Ring
T880, T990 TENOR SAX CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
93
94
800-894-8665
YANAGISAWA
T880, T990 TENOR SAX
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
www.votawtool.com
YANAGISAWA
(CONT
.)
(CONT.)
SCREWS
YG71-4801 YPS101 Pivot Screw
YG71-4901 MAY11
Key Guard Screw
YG71-5001 YS10
Neck Tension Screw
YG71-5216 MAY482 G#, Bb Adjusting Screw
YG71-2376 YS4841 Thumb Hook Screw
YG71-5271 YS-13
YG71-5270 YS-14
YG71-5272 YS2-12SSBell Brace Screw Set
YG71-5240 YS-22S C# Ring / Flat Spring Screw
YG71-5200 YBS-100 Flat Spring Screw
YG71-5265 YS-15
Joint Ring Screw
B990 BARIT
ONE SAX
BARITONE
Our #
Mfr. #
YG71-2301 YS484
YG71-3791 MAY7
YG73-3701 YBS22G Key Guard - Low Eb
YG73-3751 YBS18G Key Guard - Low A, Bb, B, C, C#
YG71-4201 YS320
YG73-2001 YBS324 Neck Receiver
YG73-2002 7131BA-1 Neck (Laquered)
YG71-9101 YS-22R Low C# Flat Spring Ring
YG72-3601 YBS38G Key Guard - F# (solder-on)
YG73-9102 YBSFS-22C# Flat Spring
S900, S990, 2100SS SOPRANO SAX
Our #
Mfr. #
YG71-2301 YS484
YG71-2376 YS4841
YG71-4801 YPS101
YG71-5216 MAY482
YG71-9100 MAY-22-1
YG71-9101 YS-22R
YG71-5240 YS-22S
Thumb Hook Screw
Pivot Screw
C# Lever Tube
Low C# Flat Spring Ring
SC900 SOPRANO SAX CUR
VED
CURVED
Our #
Mfr. #
YG71-4901 MAY11
YG71-5001 YS10
YG71-2301 YS484
YG71-2376 YS4841
YG71-4801 YPS101
YG71-5216 MAY482
Key Guard Screw
Neck Tension Screw
Thumb Hook Screw
Pivot Screw
SCREWS
YG71-4801 YPS101
YG71-4901 MAY11
YG71-5001 YS10
YG71-5216 MAY482
YG71-2376 YS4841
YG71-5271 YS-13
YG71-5270 YS-14
YG71-5240 YS-22S
YG71-5200 YBS-100
YG71-5265 YS-15
YG73-4801 YBS-53-1
Pivot Screw
Key Guard Screw
Neck Tension Screw
Thumb Hook Screw
Flat Spring Screw
Joint Ring Screw
Neck & Bell / Body Brace Screw
SEE OUR DUALL CONT
ACT
CONTACT
CEMENT ON P
AGE 69 FOR
PAGE
THE FINEST IN CORK GLUE
PROTECT ALL YOUR
MANDRELS WITH OUR
DURABLE MESH
SLEEVING ON PAGE 67
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
INDEX
Index
A
ABS Rod 67
Acculube 67
Adhesives
Contact Cement 69
Cork Cement 69
Cyanoacrylate (Super Glue) 69
Epoxy 69
Hot Glue 68
Pad Cement 68
Surduzstik 68
Adjustable Vise Stand 24
Air (Pneumatic) Dent Tools 44, 45
Angle Braces 71
Aprons 66
Arbor Press - 1/2 Ton 13
Arbors (Buffing Wheel) 64
Automatic Key Hammer 5
B
Backup Washers 70
Banana Peel Rivets 70
Bari Buddy Bar 31
Baritone Sax Dent Tool See Bari Buddy Bar
Barrels (valve lapping) 48
Bass Clarinet Pads - Valentino Synthetic 56
Bell / Mouth Pipe Soldering Clamp 51
Bench Blocks 13 See also Multipurpose Punch & Threading
Tool
Bench Motor 22
Bench Motor Foot Switch 22
Bench Peg 9
Bench Vise 24
Bending and Holding Mandrels 47
Blades (jeweler's saw) 15
Bobcat Mouthpiece Puller 51
Body Brush 63
Bore Gages 18
Boroscope See Fiber Optic Inspection Scope
Brass Hammer 16
Brass Rod 61
Brass Tubing 61
Brass Wheel Brushes 63
Brushes 63
Buffing Compounds 65
Buffing Suits 66
Buffing Supplies
Arbors 64
Buffing Suits 66
Buffs 65
Compounds 65
Polish 64
Buffing Wheel Arbor 64
Buffs 65
Bumper Cord (rotary valve) 68
Bumper Cork 57
Bumper Felt 60
www.votawtool.com
Burnishers See Dent Center; Universal Dent Soldier
Burnishing Tape 68
Burs 20
C
Calipers 18
Carbide Burs 20
Case Cleaner / Deodorizer 70
Case Handles 73
Case Hardware 71, 72, 73
Case Renew 70
Case Repair
Back-Up Washers 70
Banana Peel Rivets 70
Case Hardware 70, 71, 72, 73
Deodorizer 70
Rivet Gun 70
Rivet-Eze 70
Rivets 70
Cement (contact) 69
Clamps (Bell / Mouth Pipe) 51
Clamps (key) 13
Clarinet Pads
Bladder Skin 52
Valentino Synthetic 55, 56
Clarinet Post Puller 6
Clarinet Ring Key Bender 6
Clarinet Tenon Ring Shrink Dies 13
Cleaning Brushes 63
Cleaning Rods
Trombone Handslide 64
Valve Casing 64
Cones (roller) 38, 39
Contact Cement 69
Cork - Natural
Assortment 57
Flute Head 57
Flute Key - Pre Cut 58
Pads 52
Piccolo Head 57
Sheet 57
Stick 57
Valve Stem Tube 57
Valve Stem Washers 59
Water Key - Pre Cut 59
Cork - Valentino Synthetic
Flute Head 58
Sax Pre Cut Neck 59
Sheet 58
Tenon - Pre Cut 58
Valve Cap Washers 58
Water Key - Pre Cut 58
Cork Cement 69
Cork Cutters
Sheet Cork 59
Stick Cork 58
Tube Cork 58
Cork Stripper (tenon) 7
Cork Washers 58
Curved Dent Rods 29
Cutters
Cutting Burs 20
Metal Snips 15
Spring Cutters 15
95
96
800-894-8665
INDEX
Cutting Oil (lubricant) 67
Cyanoacrylate (Super Glue) 69
D
Dead Blow Slide Hammer 42
Demagnetizer (screwdriver) 14
Denim Apron 66
Dent Ball Drivers 33, 34, 35, 36, 37
Dent Balls
Baritone Sax (Bari Buddy Bar) 31
Barrel (large) 32, 34
Dent Mushrooms 31
French Horn Bell Pipe 33
Mouthpipe (tapered mandrels) 35
Saxophone (Dent Ball & Driver Set 34
Small Dent Rod & Ball Set 30
Tear Drop 32
Thread Reducers 30
Dent Center 43
Dent Hammers 37
Dent Machines See Dent Center
Dent Mandrels See Mandrels
Dent Mushrooms 31
Dent Pullers
Eliminator 45
Dent Rod Clamping Blocks 29
Dent Rod Elbows 30
Dent Rods
Clamping Blocks 29
Curved 29, 33
Elbows 30
Extensions 30, 33
Flex Extensions 33
French Horn Flex Rod 33
Saxohone Neck 29
Small Rod & Ball Set 30
Straight 29, 30
Thread Reducers 30
Dent Rollers
Dent Center 43
Modular Dent Rollers 38, 39
Titan Dent Roller 40
Trombone H/Slide Lever Action Dent Roller 46
Turret Module 40
Universal Dent Soldier 41
Diamond Valve Lapping Compound 67
Die Handles 18 See also Multipurpose Punch & Threading
Tool
Dies (thread cutting) 18
Digital Calipers 18
Digital Micrometer 18
Digital Micrometers 18
Drawbolts (case) 72, 73
Drill Rod (Hinge Screw) 62
Drill Rod Storage Case (Hinge Screw) 62
Drill Stands 19
Drills 19
Drivers See Dent Ball Drivers
D's T-Slide Knockerouter 49
Duall Cork Cement 69
E
Easy Tap Ratchet Wrench 19
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
Economy Dent Ball Driver 37
Eliminator 45
Emery Cloth 66
Enforcer 44
Epoxy 69
Expanders (joint) 25
Extractors (screw) 19
F
Feeler Gauge Holder 4
Feeler Gauge Material 4
Felt
Saxophone Bumper 60
Saxophone Key - Discs & Sheet 60
Fiber Optic Inspection Scope 17
Flex Extensions (dent rod) 33
Flex Mandrels 29
Flexible Shaft Power Tool 21
Fluorescent Leak Lights 11
Flute / Piccolo Head Cork Tool 5
Flute / Piccolo Tuning Rod 5
Flute Body Mandrel 5
Flute Cup Alignment Tools 5
Flute Head Cork
Natural 57
Valentino Synthetic 58
Flute Joint Expanders 25
Flute Key Corks
Natural 58
Flute Pads
Bladder Skin 53
Flute Polishing Mandrel 5
Flux (silver solder) 66
Foot Switch (bench motor) 22
Foredom Tools and Accessories
Buffing Wheel Arbor 64
Cutters (burs) 20
Handpiece Holder 21
Motor Hangar 21
French Horn Dent Ball Set 33
French Horn Flex Rod 33
French Horn String (valve tying) 68
French Horn String Tying Jig 51
French Horn Valve Bumper 68
G
Glue See Adhesives
Glue Pads 68
Glue Sticks 68
H
Hagerty Silversmith's Polish 64
Hammers
Brass (general shop) 16
Dent 37
Key 5
Rawhide Mallet 16
Handles (Case) 73
Handles (case) 73
Handslide Lever Action Dent Roller 46
Handslide Mandrel Rack 47
Handslide Mandrels 46, 47
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
Head Corks 57
Hinge Rod 62
Hinge Rod Storage Case 62
Hinge Screw Replacement Drill Rod 62
Hinges (case) 71
Horn Discs 27, 28
Hot Glue Sticks 68
I
Incandescent Leak Lights 11
Inspection Scope 17
J
Jeweler's Rouge 65
Jeweler's Saw 15
Jeweler's Saw Blades 15
Joint Expanders 25
K
Key Adjustment Tools
Automatic Key Hammer 5
Flute Cup Alignment 5
Ring Key Bender 6
Saxophone 6
Key Clamps 13
Key Felt - Discs & Key 60
Key Hammer 5
Key Pin Removal Tool 17
L
Lamplockers 13
Lamps (Leak Light) 11
Lapping Compound 67
Latches (Case) 72, 73
Leak Lights
Adapters (lamp plug) 10
Fluorescent Control Units 12, 13
Incandescent Control Units 12
Lamplockers 13
Replacement Lamps 11
Shrink Tube 13
Leveling Block 47
Lever Action Dent Roller 46
Lubricant (cutting oil) 67
M
Magnetizer (screwdriver) 14
Mallets 16
Mandrel Rack (Trombone Handslide) 47
Mandrel Vise Jaws 29
Mandrels
Flute Body 5
Protective Sleeving 67
Roller 38, 39, 40, 41
Tapered Mouthpipe Set 35
Trombone (holding) 29
Trombone Bending / Holding 46, 47
Trombone Handslide 46, 47
Trumpet (holding) 29
Trumpet Bell Stem 30
Tuning Slide (holding) 51
Measuring Tools
INDEX
www.votawtool.com
Digital Calipers 18
Digital Micrometer 18
Inside Digital Micrometer 18
Medium Horn Disc 27, 28
Mesh Sleeving 67
Metal Snips 15
Micrometers 18
Mighty Mite Mandrel Vise 23
Modular Dent Rollers 38, 39
Motors (bench) 22
Mouthpiece Grommet (case inserts) 70
Mouthpiece Pullers 51
Mouthpipe Tapered Mandrels 35
Multipurpose Punch & Threading Tool 17
N
Neck Expanders 25
Nut Drivers 14
Nylon Cleaning Brushes 63
P
Pad & Key Levelling Tools
Feeler Gauge Holder 4
Feeler Gauge Material 4
Flute Cup Alignment Tool 5
Key Clamps 13
Pad Cup Heater 4
Padding Needle 7
Ring Key Bender 6
Saxophone Foot & Bridge Key Adjustment 6
Saxophone Key Cup Alignment Tools 6
Saxophone Pad Rings 6
Pad Cement 68
Pad Cup Heater 4
Padding Needle 7
Pads - Individual Sizes
Bass Clarinet - Valentino Synthetic 56
Clarinet - Bladder Skin 52
Clarinet - Valentino Synthetic 55, 56
Cork 52
Flute - Bladder Skin 53
Flute - Valentino Synthetic 56
Piccolo - Valentino Synthetic 56
Saxophone 54
Pads - Sets
Bass Clarinet - Vito 90
Bb Clarinet - Universal (Valentino) 56
Flute - Gemeinhardt (closed hole) 74
Flute - Gemeinhardt (open hole) 75
Piccolo (Valentino) 56
Piccolo - Gemeinhardt 76
Piccolo Gemeinhardt 75
Parrallel Jaw Pliers 16
Parts Bins 61
Parts Caddy 51
Piccolo Head Cork 57
Piccolo Tuning Rod 5
Pin Removal Tool 17
Pin Vise 7
Pipe Vise See Mighty Mite Mandrel Vise
Pliers
Flat Nose Parallel Jaw 16
Spring Removal 16
'V' Jaw Parallel 16
97
98
800-894-8665
Pneumatic Dent Removal Tools 44, 45
Polish 64
Pop Rivets 70
Post Puller (clarinet) 6
Power Tools
Bench Motor 22
Press - 1/2 Ton 13
Pull - Away Work Tray 62
Punch 17
R
Ragging Fixture (saxophone) 9
Rawhide Mallet 16
Red Rouge 65
Reducers (thread) 30
Replacement Handles (case) 73
Reversible Bench Peg 9
Ribbon Paper (Emery Cloth) 66
Ring Key Bender 6
Rivet Gun 70
Rivet-Eze 70
Rivets 70
Rod
ABS 67
Brass 61
Drill 62
Rollers (dent) 38, 39, 40, 41
Ronny's Safety Rods 47
Rotary Valve Cord 68
Rotary Valve Rubber Stop Cord 68
Rotary Valve Spring Winder 50
Rotary Valve String Tying Jig 51
Rubber Stop Cord (rotary valve) 68
Rubber Stoppers 15
S
Safety Sleeve 13
Sandpaper (Emery Cloth) 66
Saw (Jeweler's) 15
Saw Blades (Jeweler's) 15
Saxophone Body Ragging Fixture 9
Saxophone Cleaning Brush 63
Saxophone Dent Tools
Bari Buddy Bar 31
Dent Balls & Driver Set 34
Saxophone Felt
Bumper 60
Key - Discs & Sheet 60
Saxophone Key Adjustment Tools
Foot & Bridge Key Adjustment 6
Key Cup Alignment 6
Pad Rings 6
Saxophone Neck Dent Rods 29
Saxophone Pad Rings 6
Saxophone Pads 54
Saxophone Pre Cut Neck Cork - Valentino Synthetic 59
Saxophone Work Fixture Accessory Kit 9
Saxophone Work Fixtures 8, 9, 27, 28
Scratch Wheel Brushes 63
Screw Extractors 19
Screw Rod 62
INDEX
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
Screwdriver Stand 14
Screwdrivers 14
Shears (metal) 15
Sheet Cork
Natural 57
Sheet Cork Cutter 59
Shop Aprons 66
Shrink Tube (leak light lamps) 13
Silver Polish 64
Silver Solder 66
Silver Solder Flux 66
Slide Hammer 42
Slide Knocker 49
Slide Mandrels (Trombone) 46, 47
Slide Pulling Tools
D's T-Slide Knockerouter 49
Slide Knocker 49
Solder-In Slide Plug 50
Solder-On Dent Knocker Kit 49
Small Horn Disc 27, 28
Snips (metal) 15
Solder (silver) 66
Solder-Aid 66
Solder-in Slide Plugs 50
Solder-On Dent Knocker Kit 49
Soldering Board 66
Soldering Clamp - Bell / Mouth Pipe 51
Soldering Fixtures 26
Soldering Supplies
Bell / Mouth Pipe Soldering Clamp 51
Flux 66
Silver Solder 66
Solder-Aid 66
Soldering Board 66
Soldering Fixtures 26
SpectraGreen Rotary Valve Cord 68
Spring Cutters 15
Spring Loaded Dent Ball Driver 36
Spring Removal Pliers 16
Spring Wire (waterkey, lever springs) 50
Springwinder 50
Steel Bench Blocks 13
Stick Cork 57
Stick Cork Cutter 58
Stoppers (rubber) 15
Storage Cases 61
Straight Edge (trombone handslide) 47
String Tying Jig (french horn) 51
Super Glue 69
Surduzstik Hot Glue Sticks 68
T
Tap Wrenches 19
Tape (burnishing) 68
Tapered Mandrel Sets 35
Tapered Sticks 51
Taps (thread cutting) 18
Teflon See UHMW Sheet
Telescoping Gage Set 18
Tenon Cork Stripper 7
Tenon Expanders 25
Tenon Replacement Material (Black ABS) 67
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
Tenon Ring Shrink Dies 13
Thread Cutting Dies 18
Thread Cutting Taps 18
Thread Reducers 30
Threadlocker 68
Tin Snips 15
Titan Dent Roller 40
Torx Drivers 14
Triaxial Vise Base 23
Triple Turret Module 40
Tripoli Buffing Compound 65
Trombone Handslide Tools
Bending and Holding Mandrels 47
Cleaning Brushes 63
Cleaning Rod 64
Leveling Block 47
Lever Action Dent Roller 46
Mandrel Rack 47
Mandrels 46, 47
Ronny's Safety Rods 47
Straight Edge 47
Trumpet / Cornet Parts Caddy 51
Trumpet Bell Stem Mandrel 30
Trumpet Mandrels (holding) 29
Tube Brushes 63
Tube Cork 57
Tube Cork Cutter 58
Tubing (brass) 61
Tungsten Carbide Burs 20
Turret Module 40
Tweezers 15
U
INDEX
www.votawtool.com
Vise Stands & Mounts 23, 24
Vises 23, 24
W
Washers (rivet backup) 70
Washers (steel) 70
Water Key Corks - Pre Cut 59
Waterkey Cork
Natural 58
Waterkey Spring Winder 50
Whole Spring Removal Pliers 16
Wilton Bench Vise 24
Wire Cutters 15
Woodwind Work Fixture 7
Work Fixtures
Alto Clarinet 9
Baritone 27, 28
Bass Clarinet 9
Bassoon 9
Bb Clarinet 7
Flute 7
Flute Polishing Fixtrue 5
French Horn 27, 28
Horn Disc 27, 28
Oboe 7
Piccolo 7
Saxophone 8, 9, 27, 28
Soprano Saxophone 9, 27, 28
Trombone 27, 28, 29
Trumpet 27, 28, 29
Woodwind Work Fixture 7
Work Tray 62
UHMW Sheet 67
Universal Bench Motor 22
Universal Dent Soldier 41
V
Valentino
Flute Head Cork 58
Key Clamps 13
Pads - Bass Clarinet 56
Pads - Clarinet 55, 56
Pads - Flute 56
Pads - Piccolo 56
Sax Key Guard Bumpers 59
Sax Neck - Pre Cut Strips 59
Sheet Cork 58
Sheet Cork - Pre Cut 58
Valve Cap Washers 58
Waterkey Corks 58
Valve Burnishing and Lapping Tool 48
Valve Casing Cleaning Rod 64
Valve Lapping Compound 67
Valve Lapping Tool 48
Valve Stem Cork
Tube 57
Washers - Natural 58
Washers - Valentino Synthetic 58
Valve Stem Cork - Washers 59
Vise Jaws (mandrel) 29
www
.vot
awtool.com
www.vot
.votawtool.com
TE
DATE
99
www
.vot
awtool.com
www.vot
.votawtool.com
VOTAW TOOL C OMP
ANY
OMPANY
DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS
FRACTIONAL
Ù
800-894-8665
WIRE GAUGE
Ù
LETTER
Size
Decimal
Inches
Size
Decimal
Inches
Size
Decimal
Inches
Size
Decimal
Inches
Size
Decimal
Inches
80
.35mm
79
1/64
.4mm
78
.45mm
77
.5mm
76
75
.55mm
74
.6mm
73
72
.65mm
71
.7mm
70
69
.75mm
68
1/32
.8mm
67
66
.85mm
65
.9mm
64
63
.95mm
62
61
1mm
60
59
1.05mm
58
57
1.1mm
1.15mm
56
3/64
1.2mm
1.25mm
1.3mm
55
1.35mm
54
1.4mm
1.45mm
1.5mm
53
1.55mm
.0135
.0138
.0145
.0156
.0157
.0160
.0177
.0180
.0197
.0200
.0210
.0217
.0225
.0236
.0240
.0250
.0256
.0260
.0276
.0280
.0292
.0295
.0310
.3012
.0315
.0320
.0330
.0335
.0350
.0354
.0360
.0370
.0374
.0380
.0390
.0394
.0400
.0410
.0413
.0420
.0430
.0433
.0453
.0465
.0469
.0472
.0492
.0512
.0520
.0531
.0550
.0551
.0571
.0591
.0595
.0610
1/16
1.6mm
52
1.65mm
1.7mm
51
1.75mm
50
1.8mm
1.85mm
49
1.9mm
48
1.95mm
5/64
47
2mm
2.05mm
46
45
2.1mm
2.15mm
44
2.2mm
2.25mm
43
2.3mm
2.35mm
42
3/32
2.4mm
41
2.45mm
40
2.5mm
39
38
2.6mm
37
2.7mm
36
2.75mm
7/64
35
2.8mm
34
33
2.9mm
32
3mm
31
3.1mm
1/8
3.2mm
3.25mm
30
.0625
.0630
.0635
.0650
.0669
.0670
.0689
.0700
.0709
.0728
.0730
.0748
.0760
.0768
.0781
.0785
.0787
.0807
.0810
.0820
.0827
.0846
.0860
.0866
.0886
.0890
.0906
.0925
.0935
.0938
.0945
.0960
.0965
.0980
.0984
.0995
.1015
.1024
.1040
.1063
.1065
.1083
.1094
.1100
.1102
.1110
.1130
.1142
.1160
.1181
.1200
.1220
.1250
.1260
.1280
.1285
3.3mm
3.4mm
29
3.5mm
28
9/64
3.6mm
27
3.7mm
26
3.75mm
25
3.8mm
24
3.9mm
23
5/32
22
4mm
21
20
4.1mm
4.2mm
19
4.25mm
4.3mm
18
11/64
17
4.4mm
16
4.5mm
15
4.6mm
14
13
4.7mm
4.75mm
3/16
4.8mm
12
11
4.9mm
10
9
5mm
8
5.1mm
7
13/64
6
5.2mm
5
5.25mm
5.3mm
4
.1299
.1339
.1360
.1378
.1405
.1406
.1417
.1440
.1457
.1470
.1476
.1495
.1496
.1520
.1535
.1540
.1562
.1570
.1575
.1590
.1610
.1614
.1654
.1660
.1673
.1693
.1695
.1719
.1730
.1732
.1770
.1772
.1800
.1811
.1820
.1850
.1850
.1870
.1875
.1890
.1890
.1910
.1929
.1935
.1960
.1969
.1990
.2008
.2010
.2031
.2040
.2047
.2055
.2067
.2087
.2090
5.4mm
3
5.5mm
7/32
5.6mm
2
5.7mm
5.75mm
1
5.8mm
5.9mm
A
15/64
6mm
B
6.1mm
C
6.2mm
D
6.25mm
6.3mm
E
1/4
6.4mm
6.5mm
F
6.6mm
G
6.7mm
17/64
6.75mm
H
6.8mm
6.9mm
I
7mm
J
7.1mm
K
9/32
7.2mm
7.25mm
7.3mm
L
7.4mm
M
7.5mm
19/64
7.6mm
N
7.7mm
7.75mm
7.8mm
7.9mm
5/16
8mm
.2126
.2130
.2165
.2188
.2205
.2210
.2244
.2264
.2280
.2283
.2323
.2340
.2344
.2362
.2380
.2402
.2420
.2441
.2460
.2461
.2480
.2500
.2500
.2520
.2559
.2570
.2598
.2610
.2638
.2656
.2657
.2660
.2677
.2717
.2720
.2756
.2770
.2795
.2810
.2812
.2835
.2854
.2874
.2900
.2913
.2950
.2953
.2969
.2992
.3020
.3031
.3051
.3071
.3110
.3125
.3150
O
8.1mm
8.2mm
P
8.25mm
8.3mm
21/64
8.4mm
Q
8.5mm
8.6mm
R
8.7mm
11/32
8.75mm
8.8mm
S
8.9mm
9mm
T
9.1mm
23/64
9.2mm
9.25mm
9.3mm
U
9.4mm
9.5mm
3/8
V
9.6mm
9.7mm
9.75mm
9.8mm
W
9.9mm
25/64
10mm
X
Y
13/32
Z
10.5mm
27/64
11mm
7/16
11.5mm
29/64
15/32
12mm
31/64
12.5mm
1/2
13mm
33/64
17/32
.3160
.3189
.3228
.3230
.3248
.3268
.3281
.3307
.3320
.3346
.3386
.3390
.3425
.3438
.3445
.3465
.3480
.3504
.3543
.3580
.3583
.3594
.3622
.3642
.3661
.3680
.3701
.3740
.3750
.3770
.3780
.3819
.3839
.3858
.3860
.3898
.3906
.3937
.3970
.4040
.4062
.4130
.4134
.4219
.4331
.4375
.4528
.4531
.4688
.4724
.4844
.4921
.5000
.5118
.5156
.5312
417-865-7509
Ù
METRIC
Size
Decimal
Inches
13.5mm
35/64
14mm
9/16
14.5mm
37/64
15mm
19/32
39/64
15.5mm
5/8
16mm
41/64
16.5mm
21/32
17mm
43/64
11/16
17.5mm
45/64
18mm
23/32
18.5mm
47/64
19mm
3/4
49/64
19.5mm
25/32
20mm
51/64
20.5mm
13/16
21mm
53/64
27/32
21.5mm
55/64
22mm
7/8
22.5mm
57/64
23mm
29/32
59/64
23.5mm
15/16
24mm
61/64
24.5mm
31/32
25mm
63/64
1
.5315
.5469
.5512
.5625
.5709
.5781
.5906
.5938
.6094
.6102
.6250
.6299
.6406
.6496
.6562
.6693
.6719
.6875
.6890
.7031
.7087
.7188
.7283
.7344
.7480
.7500
.7656
.7677
.7812
.7874
.7969
.8071
.8125
.8268
.8281
.8438
.8465
.8594
.8661
.8750
.8858
.8906
.9055
.9062
.9219
.9252
.9375
.9449
.9531
.9646
.9688
9843
.9844
1.0000